ECTS CATALOGUE B MANAGEMENT - LUISS Guido Carli · The Department of Business and Management 20...

1

ECTS COURSE CATALOGUE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

2017‐2018

2

Edited by: Student Exchange Office Viale Romania, 32 00197 Rome ‐ Italy Rome, September 2017

3

What is ECTS? 4 Education in Italy 7 LUISS Guido Carli 10 Incoming Exchange Students 14 The Department of Business and Management 20 Bachelor’s Degree Course Structure 22 Bachelor’s Degree Courses Description 26 Bachelor’s Degree Summary Table 111 Master’s Degree Course Structure 116 Master’s Degree Courses Description 132 Master’s Degree Summary Table 212 Business School 215 Useful Information for Guest Students 216 All information contained in the brochure, while true at the time of publication, is subject to modification and should therefore be checked appropriately.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4

The European Community promotes inter‐university co‐operation as a means for improving the quality of education to the benefit of students and higher education institutions alike. Student mobility constitutes a primary feature of that co‐operation. The Erasmus + programme clearly demonstrates that a study period abroad can constitute a particularly precious experience, not only being the best way to discover countries, ideas, languages and cultures different from one's own but also because it is gaining a growing importance in the evolution of university and professional careers. The creation of a single European area in the field of education, where students and teachers can move freely without barriers, goes upon the recognition of the studies undertaken and the qualifications achieved abroad. For this reason ECTS ‐ the English acronym for the European Community Course Credit Transfer System ‐ was born, originally as a master plan within the framework of the previous Erasmus + programme, with the aim of promoting academic recognition of studies undertaken abroad. The European Commission decided to include ECTS in the Socrates programme, in particular within Sector I reserved to higher education (Erasmus + ), given the conclusive effectiveness of the ECTS system. After the first stage planned for a limited application, ECTS is now becoming much more meaningful to the extent of becoming a permanent feature of the European context of higher education. ECTS is above all pursuing transparency, establishing the conditions necessary to bring institutions closer together and broadening the range of choices offered to students. Its application facilitates the recognition of students' academic results through to the use of widely understood standards ‐ credits and grades ‐ as well as a better understanding of the national systems of higher education. ECTS goes upon three basic elements: 1) Information on study plans and student results, 2) Reciprocal agreement (between the participating institutions and the student) and 3) The use of ECTS credits (values representing the working load done by the student).

PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF ECTS ECTS is thus founded upon three basic elements: information on study plans and student results, reciprocal agreement (between the participating institutions and the student) and the use of ECTS credits (values representing the workload done by the student). These three basic elements are effective through three fundamental documents: 1) The information brochure, 2) The application form/learning agreement and 3) The transcript of records, as to the studies done. But the essential aspect is that ECTS is activated by the students, the teachers and the institutions which intend to make studying abroad a whole part of the learning experience. Indeed, ECTS does not, in any way, determine the contents, the structure or the equivalence of study programmes. These qualitative aspects must be decided upon directly by the higher education institutions in the moment of setting, either through bilateral or multilateral agreements, the basis for a viable co‐operation. The code of good practice proposed by ECTS offers the interested parties the tools suitable to pursue transparency and academic recognition. Full academic recognition is a sine qua non condition of student mobility within the framework of the Erasmus + programme. Full academic recognition requires the period of study abroad (including exams

WHAT IS ECTS?

5

and other forms of evaluation) to effectively substitute a comparable period of study (including exams and other forms of assessment) in the institution of origin notwithstanding the fact that there may be differences in the contents of the programme. ECTS goes on voluntary use and reciprocal trust at academic level among the participating institutions. Every institution chooses its own partners.

TRANSPARENCY ECTS guarantees transparency through the following instruments:

ECTS credits, ‐ a numerical value assigned to a course unit – which represent the working load that a student must undertake in order to complete a given course unit. The credits express the quantity of work every course unit requires with respect to the global volume of work necessary to successfully complete a full year's study at the institution, that is: lectures, practical work, seminars, traineeships, research or surveys, personal study ‐ either at home or in the library ‐ together with exams and other forms of student assessment. ECTS is, therefore, based on the overall working load of the student and not merely limited to lecture hours. 60 credits represent the working load for a full academic year's study and, as a rule, 30 credits are equivalent to a semester and 20 credits to a trimester.

The ECTS information brochure, which provides useful information to students and personnel about the institutions, departments, course organisation and structure as well as the individual course units.

The ECTS learning agreement, which describes the study plan the student has to follow and indicates the ECTS credits that shall grant upon satisfactory completion thereof. The agreement binds the student to attend the host university's programme as the main part of their higher education, the institution of origin to guarantee the student full academic recognition of the credits obtained abroad and, the host institution to provide the agreed course units to the extent allowed by the academic calendar.

The ECTS transcript of records, which presents the student's academic results in a clear, complete and comprehensible manner for each part and which must be easily transferable from one institution to another.

ACADEMIC RECOGNITION To facilitate the academic recognition of the studies undertaken or completed abroad, good communication and flexibility are required. In this regard the ECTS co‐ordinators carry out a fundamental role monitoring the academic and administrative aspects of ECTS. As a rule, it is necessary to make available to the students the entire range of course units of the department that implements ECTS, including those units relating to postgraduate studies. The students must be able to attend regular courses ‐ and not especially set up for them ‐ and must be given the opportunity to satisfy the demands of the host institution giving an academic qualification. Reliance on ECTS credits guarantees the organisation of programmes, which are reasonable in terms of working load for the period of study abroad. For instance, 120 ECTS credits for a year require a student to work twice as hard as an average student whose plan is 60 credits. At the same time, 30 ECTS credits for a year period correspond to a part‐time studying. ECTS, moreover, allows students to continue their studies abroad. In fact, it can happen that once the original study period is over the student may not wish to return to their original institution but may instead prefer to remain in the host institution ‐ possibly to graduate from there ‐ or move on to a third

6

institution. Such decision may not be taken without the agreement of all institutions involved which in any case have to set the conditions to fulfil in order to graduate from the host institution or transfer to a third institution. The ECTS certificate is a chronology of the student's academic record and it can constitute a particularly useful instrument for the institutions to manage such a decision.

7

Until 1989 (Law 168/1989) the entire Italian educational system was under the Ministry of Education. At that time the Ministry of Universities and Scientific Research was created to take over the responsibilities of university education and scientific and technological research. The two entities are currently encompassed under the organisational designation Ministero dell’Istruzione, dell’Università e della Ricerca ‐ MIUR (Ministry of Education, University and Research). Information for foreign students can be found at www.study‐in‐italy.it ).

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION Cycles Following the 2003 Reform of primary and secondary education, the Italian school system has been reorganised as follows:

First cycle Primary education: 5 years of schooling beginning at age 6; Secondary education (first degree): 3 years of schooling beginning at age 11.

Second cycle Secondary education (second degree): 5 years of schooling beginning at age 14. The higher secondary schools are of various types: classical, scientific, linguistic, artistic, technical and vocational studies as well as teacher training. At the end of the 5‐year course, students take the examination to obtain the Diploma di Maturità in the specialised area they have chosen. This diploma grants admission to an Italian university. Grading System Until 1968, secondary school grading was on a scale of 0‐10, 6 being the minimum passing grade. From 1969 to 1999, final marks were on a scale of 0‐60, 36 being the minimum passing grade. Since 2000 a different system has been implemented: final marks are on a scale of 0‐100 and the minimum passing grade is 60.

UNIVERSITY EDUCATION Admission Admission to Italian universities grants only to holders of a Diploma di maturità from an Italian secondary school. Foreign students, or Italian students from secondary schools abroad, are admitted on the strength of equivalent qualifications. There are no limitations on admission except in Medical School (medicine, dentistry, veterinary), in private independent universities (like LUISS Guido Carli or Bocconi in Milan), and in newly established universities/degree courses. Grading System In the university grading system, individual courses grade on a scale of 18‐30. The maximum final grade is 110, after the dissertation of a thesis on a free topic. For very brilliant students the degree may be awarded cum laude.

EDUCATION IN ITALY

8

< 18 = fail

18/23 = sufficient

24/26 = satisfactory

27/28 = good

29/30 = Very good

30 e lode = Excellent

Academic Qualifications and Degrees University Diploma This is a first‐level university qualification for courses lasting 3 years. For admission to these courses, students must have a Diploma di Maturità. Laurea (Degree) The system of university study in Italy has undergone an overall reform in terms of structure and teaching system. Up to 2001, to obtain a Laurea, the basic university degree, used to take 4 to 6 years, depending on the field of study. From the academic year 2001/2002, universities have adopted three study cycles. The first cycle, three years in length, is characterised by a professional training type content and concludes with the award of a first‐level degree (Laurea Triennale – Bachelor Degree); the second cycle, lasting two years, concludes with the award of a second‐level Master’s degree (Laurea Magistralis – Master’s Degree); while the third cycle, lasting from one to three years, leads to the award of either a doctorate or a specialised postgraduate degree. Teaching activity is organized in departments, which offer one or more degree courses in specific academic areas. Course requirements are established by law and the laurea is obtained after the student has passed a set number of exams, gained the required credits, and successfully discussed a written research paper. Admission to the Laurea programme is regulated by the general rules for university admission. Courses for masters degrees may also be offered parallel to each study cycle. All study programmes must be based on the European system for the transfer of academic credits (ECTS) as provided for in recent agreements reached at EU level.

Along with the three‐cycle program system established by the Italian Ministerial Decrees, a limited number of “old” second cycle programs (dental medicine, human medicine, pharmacy, veterinary medicine, architecture, law) coexist with the new university system. These programs, called One‐Cycle Programs, aim at providing students with advanced education and training for highly qualified professions in specific areas. The general access requirement is upper secondary school degree or a comparable foreign qualification. Admission to individual degree programs may be subject to specific course requirements.

One‐Cycle Programs last five years and require 300 credits (European Credit Transfer System) for completion (only human medicine requires six years and 360 credits). The degree awarded is a Master’s Degree which grants access to competitions for the civil service, to regulated and non‐regulated professions, doctoral programs and all the other postgraduate study degree programs.

Research Doctorate The aim of the doctoral studies programmes is to offer post‐graduate opportunity for research. Programmes include individual research under the guidance of professors and special seminars. The minimum period of study is three years. This third‐level academic degree, Doctorate of Research, is awarded to candidates who have successfully documented their research and written an original final thesis. This programme is open to a limited number of candidates (also from foreign countries), who must be university graduates or hold equivalent degrees.

9

Post‐graduate Diplomas of Specialization These diplomas are given by schools offering special advanced courses in various professions. The limited places are reserved for university graduates or those with equivalent foreign qualifications. The courses last 2/3 years and include practical experience. Attendance is mandatory. The final examination is a defence of a written thesis.

10

NAME

LUISS ‐ Libera Università Internazionale degli Studi Sociali Guido Carli, Rome, Italy.

Emma Marcegaglia President

Paola Severino Rector

Giovanni Lo Storto General Manager

TYPE

LUISS Guido Carli is an independent university. It was established according to Article 1 of Italy’s Higher Education Act, which gives independent universities full legal status while guaranteeing their autonomy in the areas of administration, teaching and discipline. Its degrees and diplomas have complete legal and academic recognition.

GENERAL DESCRITPION

LUISS Guido Carli was set up in 1976‐78 by a consortium of private and public companies, that re‐organized a pre‐existing Institution, “Pro Deo”. Its goal is to form students to assume the responsibilities of managing complex economic systems in both the State and private sectors.

At present LUISS Guido Carli has four departments: department of Economics and Finance, department of Business and Management, department of Law and department of Political Science. Certain features characterize LUISS Guido Carli:

a set number of students for the four departments;

admission by entrance test;

full time compulsory attendance of courses;

a highly qualified teaching staff;

intensive study of foreign languages and computer training;

a large specialised library and a catalogue that can be consulted directly from the University’s web site;

an extensive network of international exchanges;

orientation for high school students;

seminars and debates on important issues as a complement to lectures;

LUISS GUIDO CARLI

11

assistance by qualified tutors during the entire university study period as well as traineeships;

personal counselling service to facilitate integration and to optimise study strategies.

Professors and lecturers are appointed from the academic world, the professions, senior State and private sector management. Lectures are held in Italian and English. They are integrated by seminars, debates and conferences on both Italian and international topics, often with the participation of prominent guest speakers. The annual tuition fee at LUISS Guido Carli, for the a. y. 2016/2017, is € 9,300 for all Bachelor’s degrees and for the Single Cycle Master Degree in Law (I year). The annual tuition fee for Master’s Degrees is € 10,500 (I year). LUISS supports worthy students with scholarships and financial aid to attend the LUISS bachelor's, master's and single‐cycle master's degree programs and to study abroad, thanks to the opportunities offered by the University. For more information please visit: http://www.luiss.edu/admissions/scholarships‐and‐financial‐aid Scholarships are also granted to deserving students who meet certain income conditions. For more information please visit: http://www.luiss.edu/students/university‐union/financial‐aid‐and‐scholarships

LOCATION Since October 2007 LUISS Guido Carli has moved to a new location in the residential area called “Parioli”. Most of the teaching and researching activities are now taken in the new campus. Please note that classes of Law are still taken in Via Parenzo, 11; Business, Economics and Political Science classes are instead taken in the new seat. A shuttle bus links the 2 campuses departing every 10/15 minutes. The journey takes about 5/10 minutes. a) The main campus (Viale Romania 32, 00197 Rome, tel.: +39‐06‐852251) comprises:

VIALE ROMANIA, 32

VIALE POLA, 12

VIA PARENZO, 11

12

I. The Student Exchange Office: tel.: +39‐06‐85225389/642. Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Monday to Friday, and from 3 p.m. to 4 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays. II. The Department of Economics and Finance: Office and Presidency, tel.: +39‐06‐8522550, e‐mail: [email protected] Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays, and from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays.

III. The Department of Business and Management: Office and Presidency, tel.: +39‐06‐85225310, e‐mail: [email protected] Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays, and from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays.

IV. The Department of Political Science: Office and Presidency, tel.: +39‐06‐85225290/+39‐06‐85225700, fax: 06‐85225702, e‐mail: [email protected]. Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays, and from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays.

V. The Student Office – Segreteria Studenti: tel.: +39‐06‐85225263/06‐85225270, fax: 06‐85225895, e‐mail: [email protected]. The Student Office deals with enrolment and supplies students with all the necessary information. Opening hours are from 9.30 a.m. to 12.30 a.m. Monday to Friday, and from 2.30 p.m. to 4.30 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays. The Student Office closes two weeks in mid‐August. Students also have computer and multimedia services available through which they can comply with all bureaucratic requirements in connection with university life. Moreover, there is the "LUISS‐sms" service allowing students to communicate with the University through messages that can be read or sent to any mobile phone. VI. The Orientation Office: tel.: +39‐06‐85225354, e‐mail: [email protected]. The Office is open from Monday to Friday. VII. Student facilities are organised by the University Union ‐ Diritto allo Studio, tel.: +39‐06‐85225410; fax: +39‐06‐85225404; e‐mail: [email protected]. Detailed information can be obtained from the Union Office, open Monday to Thursday from 9 a.m. to 12 a.m. and from 2.30 p.m. to 4 p.m., and Fridays from 9 p.m. to 12 a.m. The University Union is responsible, among other things, for medical facilities (see below). VIII. The IT Services: tel.: +39‐06‐85225211/+39‐06‐85225279, fax: +39‐06‐85225930; Help Desk: tel.: +39.06.8522.5211, e‐mail: [email protected]. The Computer Centre is a support structure for research and teaching activities of Computer Sciences in the four departments. It also provides consulting and support services for the other sectors of the university (institutes, centres, departments and training courses). To this end, there are eleven computer rooms and a university‐wide network which also provides a link to the outside world via GARR, Internet and Itapac for the consultation of different databases. The Computer Centre also supports all the administrative activities within the university, as well as management activities and library consultation. b) The Department of Law: Via Parenzo 11, 00198 Rome. The Student Office is located on the Ground Floor of the building, tel.: 06‐85225294, fax: 06‐85225826, e‐mail: [email protected] . Opening hours are from 10 a.m. to 12 a.m. Mondays through Fridays, and from 3 p.m. to 4 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays. c) The Library (Via di Santa Costanza 53, 00198 Rome, tel.: +39‐06‐85225600; fax: +39‐06‐85225625; e‐mail: [email protected]) focuses on the social sciences, particularly law, economics and political science. In 2016, the Library's collection amounted to 99,797 books, 1,786 paper journals (567 of which are current issues) and 98 databases. The Library also provides access to 50,683 e‐journals and 65,122 ebooks. Facilities available to students include reference and reading rooms, equipped with terminals and copy machines. Students may borrow books (loan term: 30 days). The opening hours are the following: Reading Room, from Monday to Friday from 9 a.m. to 8.00 p.m./Saturday from 9 a.m. to 1.45 p.m.;

13

Reference Room, from Monday to Friday from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m./Saturdays from 8 a.m. to 1.45 p.m.; Delivery Room and Circulation Service, from Monday to Friday from 8.30 a.m. to 9.00 p.m./Saturday from 8.30 a.m. to 1.45 p.m.

SIZE Current enrolment is about 8074 for all four departments with a professor/students ratio of 1:7.

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES Prospective full time EU and non EU students (Not applicable to Exchange students) Prospective full time EU and non‐EU students will find specific and detailed information on the steps of the admission at LUISS on: www.luiss.edu/admissions. The number of students admitted to the first year is limited to allow best teaching conditions and admission goes upon an entrance examination (aptitude test). Specific requirements for students applying for “corsi singoli” (individual courses) (Not applicable to Exchange students) Foreign students may attend one or more LUISS Guido Carli courses and take the respective exams. At the end of the course, students will obtain a certificate stating the course that was taken and the mark obtained. Students who want to apply for single courses (Corsi Singoli) must submit the following documents:

an application form addressed to the Provost, detailing the student's study plan

a certificate attesting the educational qualification earned, including exam scores or grades received (For foreign students, this certificate must be translated and certified by the appropriate diplomatic and consular authorities. A degree certificate is required for LUISS graduates.)

two photographs, one of which (foreign students only) must be authenticated by the appropriate Italian diplomatic and consular authorities, indicating citizenship, residence, and the date and place of birth

a €16.00 duty stamp to be affixed to the application

receipt of payment Admission fee is 1.300,00 € per course for Bachelor and Master subjects. The Student Office [email protected] takes care of registration for Corsi Singoli.

14

The Student Exchange Office deals with orientation and registration of students on exchange programmes (Erasmus + and Bilateral Agreements).

The first step to spend a semester at LUISS in exchange is to contact the International Coordinator at your Home University. Each sending Institution is responsible for the selection of students.

Ask them for all the information, documents, brochures, application forms related to LUISS. All information material can also be found on our website. Read the instructions carefully before you apply. Be aware of our deadlines

All applications must be received by May 31, that is the fixed deadline for fall and/or spring semester applications every year.

As soon as the application forms are received, in June, LUISS will send incoming students acceptance letters and practical information.

Since there are almost 200 courses taught in English, students will not need to have any knowledge of Italian to study at LUISS.

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2017‐2018

First Semester ‐ Fall

ORIENTATION (for exchange students)

September 7 2017

CLASSES BEGIN September 11 2017

CLASSES BEGIN (only Law first year classes and

bachelor first year classes)

September 18 2017

CLASSES END December 2 2017

EXAMINATION PERIOD December 4 – 20 2017

EXAMINATION PERIOD January 8 – February 10 2018

Second Semester ‐ Spring

ORIENTATION (for exchange students)

February 8 2018

CLASSES BEGIN February 12 2018

CLASSES END May 12 2018

EXAMINATION PERIOD May 14 – July 4 2018

INCOMING EXCHAGE STUDENTS

15

COURSES, EXAMS, TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS The languages of instruction are Italian and English. For the list of courses offered in English please visit: http://www.luiss.edu/international‐programs/erasmus‐and‐exchange‐students/courses‐english‐erasmus‐and‐exchange‐students. The standard working load for LUISS students is about 30 credits/semester, including two language courses. Guest students are advised not to take more than the average working load. Incoming exchange students are allowed to mix courses from any department both at bachelor's and master's level. On making their choice of courses exchange students should check the pre‐requisites and avoid time‐table clashes for attendance is compulsory. Elective courses will be offered only if a sufficient number of students register for the courses. Because not all courses will be offered, it is recommended that you enroll in more than one. Full‐year courses can only be taken by the students that will spend the whole academic year at LUISS. If these conditions are met, guest students have access to all the courses in the four LUISS Departments. The final examinations for each course can be oral and/or written. Midterm tests may be given during the course. Guest students will have to enroll for each exam following the instructions provided upon arrival at LUISS. Exams can be taken only on the official dates. Please note that NO special examination can be arranged for exchange students. The transcripts of records will be sent to the partner institutions after the end of each examination session. To the students who come to LUISS for the whole academic year or for the second semester, the transcripts will be sent around the end of July. Our summer examination session ends on July 2 and transcripts cannot be prepared before the session is over.

Grading System

Individual courses are graded on a scale of 18 ‐ 30. Exceptional students may be awarded 30 cum laude (30 e lode). The minimum passing grade is 18/30. Grades below 18 are considered failing and are not registered.

16

Distribution of Grades

Bachelor level

Master level

17

COURSES IN ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE

LUISS Guido Carli offers free Italian language courses to exchange students interested in learning or improving their Italian language level. The courses, which are held during both semesters, have a schedule of three hours per week (for a total of 30 hours/semester). The students who attend the courses and comply with the requirements will receive a certificate and gain 3 ECTS credits. The course is divided in three levels: beginners, intermediate and advanced. Beginners Level This level is for those who never attended an Italian language course. The main aim of the course is to help the student understand sentences and frequently used expressions related to areas of most immediate relevance (e.g. very basic personal and family information, shopping, local geography, employment). Intermediate Level This level is for those who have already attended an Italian course and are able to communicate in everyday situations. The principal aim of the course is to improve oral communication. Particular emphasis is placed on listening comprehension to enable students to take full advantage of lectures in their chosen field. Advanced Level This level is for those who are already proficient in the language and need to develop specialist language areas. The main aim is to help the student reach a high standard of reading and writing skills. Extra curricular activities These include:

Presentations followed by discussion;

Meetings with Italian businessmen;

Guided tours with specialized teachers.

The activities and meetings develop topics already discussed in class and take into account the interests of individual participants.

The person responsible for the courses is Professor Concetta Amato ([email protected])

18

ACCOMMODATION Since LUISS does not have student dormitory facilities offered to Exchange Students, the Student Exchange Office does not take direct responsibility in providing accommodation. A private organisation, C.T.S., takes care of it according to the application forms received (by C.T.S. and the Student Exchange Office of LUISS Guido Carli) by May 31.

CTS will send an offer of accommodation to students via email, which must be confirmed by the deadline given. If the offer is not confirmed, the student will lose the room, which will be assigned to another person.

HEALTH AND INSURANCE Students from the EU are entitled to the services of the Italian National Health Service using their European Health Insurance Card (E.H.I.C.). However, the card does not cover rescue, repatriation and private health care. We suggest to verify how to get the card and which services are covered with the social security administration of your country before your departure

Non EU students are required to subscribe a health insurance covering all risks that students might incur in during the whole exchange period abroad.

The University doctor is available to all LUISS Guido Carli students on Mondays, Wednesdays and Firdays from 3.00 p.m. to 4.00 p.m. and on Tuesdays and Thursdays from 10.00 a.m. to 12.00 a.m. at Via Parenzo room T04 (tel.: +39‐06‐85225416; [email protected]).

The University Union has also started up a preventive medicine service in collaboration with appropriately equipped hospital centres. Every student is entitled to general check‐ups, and, if necessary, special tests.

ADMINISTRATIVE FORMALITIES

Residence Permit for Non‐EU Students Non‐EU students who intend to spend some time in Italy must request a permit of stay no later than 8 working days from their arrival in Italy. How to obtain the residence permit for study reasons: Use the yellow kit which you will find in all postal offices. Carefully fill in the forms, following all the instructions. Together with the filled application, students must also bring:

a valid passport;

a photocopy of the passport (in A4 format);

a photocopy of any other requested documents (in A4 format). You will then be given a receipt with the user ID and password needed to keep track of the status of your procedure at http://www.portaleimmigrazione.it/ (click on “Area Riservata Stranieri”) and a letter with the appointment date and time at the Police Station (Questura) inordertohaveyourfingerprintstaken.

19

Bring with you:

your passport;

the letter you received inviting you to go to the Questura;

the original copies of the documents you brought to the Post Office;

4 recent passport‐size photographs.

Registration for EU Students

For EU students who plan to stay in Italy for less than three months, no formality is requested; for periods longer than three months, students need to make a vital statistic registration at the municipality, as Italians citizens do.

Students will have to call 06/0606 to know which Roman municipality they belong to (you just need to tell the address of your accommodation in Rome).

This procedure is mandatory, and it requires the following documents:

Personal ID (or Equivalent);

Acceptance letter

Health insurance policy covering all risks that students might incur in during the whole exchange period abroad;

Proof of economic means of subsistence, also by self‐statement.

20

DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT Director: Professor Alessandro Zattoni

The aim of the Department of Business and Management is to train students who wish to become entrepreneurs, professionals and managers capable of operating in a highly‐competitive business world and managing complex, rapidly changing situations.

BACHELOR – THREE‐YEAR DEGREE COURSE (180 ECTS) Corsi di Laurea Triennale

Economics and Management (Economia e Management – in Italian)

The Bachelor's Degree Program in Economics and Management is a three‐year program. The language of instruction is Italian. Throughout their years of study, students explore areas of academic interest while fulfilling general education requirements in the economic, business, legal and quantitative disciplines. The Program provides the tools and methods for critical analysis and interpretation of economic and business dynamics. Students acquire knowledge and understanding of operational, economic and financial areas, as well as decision‐making and decision control tools. A main distinctive feature of the Economics and Management Bachelor's Degree Program is the focus placed in balancing analytical and conceptual foundations with specific specialization studies.

MASTER’S DEGREE ‐ TWO‐YEAR DEGREE COURSES (120 ECTS) Corsi di Laurea Magistrale

Business Management (Gestione d’Impresa ‐ in Italian)

Management (in English)

Administration, Finance and Control (Amministrazione, Finanza e Controllo – in Italian)

Marketing (In English and in Italian)

Corporate Finance (in English)

Graduates of the Business Management program are characterized by their advanced understanding of business operations and their ability to develop a systemic and strategic vision. The program has four different areas of specialization: Imprenditorialità e family business (Entrepreneurship and Family Business), for students interested in launching new projects or running existing small to medium businesses; Organizzazione e gestione delle risorse umane (Organization and Human Resource Management), for those interested in the HR side of business; Strategic Management, for those interested in working in consulting or managing companies of various sizes; and

THE DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT

21

an individual study plan, for those who are interested in a working as a junior manager or external consultant.

The Master in Management is a two‐year, full‐time program that weaves academic excellence, pivotal location, and superb networking prospects, to help graduates kick‐start their international careers as responsible managers, finance executives, entrepreneurs, or business consultants. Using an innovative learning approach that balances academic rigour with managerial relevance, the MiM curriculum consists of core courses that advance students' knowledge in the functional areas of management and elective courses that offer specialized knowledge and real‐life examples in the areas of Entrepreneurship and Innovation, International Management, and Luxury, Fashion and Made in Italy. The two‐year degree program in Administration, Finance and Control with two majors, AFC ‐ Aziendale and AFC ‐ Professionale, combines academic excellence with managerial skills and access to the LUISS network to prepare students for careers in administration, control and finance. Heightened awareness of business issues and management techniques, from both the qualitative and quantitative points of view, can be useful to organizations of all sizes in all sectors. A combination of these areas of knowledge allows students to develop operational and professional skills to strategically manage problems that regularly arise in administration, finance and business control. The course focuses on, but is not limited to: national and international accounting, writing a consolidated budget, tax planning, control system creation, and measuring performance. Particular attention is devoted to extraordinary financial management, internal and external auditing, and corporate governance themes. The degree program in Marketing is divided into two different majors, both of which are offered in English and Italian. Marketing Analytics and Metrics (Analisi e misure di marketing) was designed to prepare students to analyzing market changes while the program in Market Relationship and Customer Engagement (Gestione dei processi e delle relazioni di marketing) was designed to train students in maintaining relationships with clients and commerical clients. The master's program in Marketing prepares students for roles as marketing/business/industry analyst, marketing & sales performance specialist, brand/product/communication manager, marketing manager, account/sales manager, account/sales manager, merchandiser/promoter, consultant or researcher. The degree program in Corporate Finance, by focusing on the interactions among corporations and financial markets, reflects objectives common to both departments and covers the areas of financial economics, financial management, business planning and valuation, mergers and acquisitions (M&A), capital markets, asset pricing, risk management and derivatives.Graduates in Corporate Finance will have the opportunity to work within finance divisions of large corporations, corporate banking and M&A divisions of investment banks, financial advisory and consulting firms and investment funds. In order to meet the high standards required for the jobs in the field of corporate finance field, students will be provided with both strong formal training and practical experience that will prepare them to deal with real‐world complex cases and operations. This objective will be achieved through the adoption of innovative teaching methods that will help students to translate strong theory into useful practice. Students will be continuously exposed to case studies, simulations, company presentations and experiences, inspiring talks by top managers and professionals. At the end of the program, the graduates will have acquired all the professional competencies and the personal skills needed to start a successful career in the field of corporate finance.

22

FIRST YEAR

Course ECTS Sem. Language

Economia Aziendale Business Administration

8

I

IT

Diritto privato Private Law

8 I IT

Matematica Mathematics

8 I IT

Storia dell’economia e dell’impresa History of Economics and Business

8 II IT

Diritto pubblico dell’Economia Law and Economics

8 II IT

Informatica Computer Science

6 II IT

Microeconomia Microeconomics

8 II IT

SECOND YEAR


Contabilità e bilancio Accounting

8

I

IT

Matematica Finanziaria Financial Mathematics

8 I IT

Statistica Statistics

8 I IT

Economia e Gestione delle Imprese Management

8 II IT

Diritto Commerciale Business Law

8 II IT

Economia Industriale Industrial Economics

8 II IT

Macroeconomia e Politica Economica Macroeconomics and Economic Policy

8 II IT

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT

BACHELOR’S DEGREE COURSE STRUCTURE

23

THIRD YEAR


Finanza Aziendale Corporate Finance

8

I

IT

Marketing Marketing

8 I IT

Scienza delle Finanze Finance

8 I IT

Organizzazione Aziendale Business Organization

8 I IT

Economia dei mercati e degli intermediari finanziari Economics Of Financial Markets And Intermediaries

8 II IT

Elective courses (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Metodologia delle Scienze Sociali Methodology of Social Sciences

8 I IT

Revisione, deontologia e tecnica professionale Auditing and Professional Skills

8 II IT

Diritto bancario Tax Law

8 II IT

Organizzazione dei sistemi informativi aziendali Organization Of Corporate Informatic Systems

8 II IT

Mercato e disciplina della concorrenza Markets And Discipline Of Competition

8 II IT

Storia dell'impresa e dell'organizzazione aziendale History Of Corporations And Corporate Organizations

8 II IT

Storia del pensiero economico History of Political Thought

8 II IT

Markets and Strategies 8 II EN

Energy Economics 8 II EN

ADDITIONAL CREDITS

Activity ECTS

Foreign Language

6

Traineeship 4

Final exam 4

24

( New from the a.y. 2018‐2019)

FIRST YEAR


Fundamentals of Management

8

I

EN

Introduction to Computer Programming 6 I EN

Microeconomics 8 I EN

Mathematics 8 I EN

Algorithms 8 II EN

Legal System in the Digital Age 6 II EN

Performance Measurements 8 II EN

Statistics 8 II EN

SECOND YEAR


Data Analysis for Business

8

I

EN

Databases & Big Data 8 I EN

Quantitative Models for Data Science 8 I EN

Social Network Analysis 8 I EN

Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning 8 II EN

Business Law and ICT 6 II EN

Digital Business and Workplace Technology 8 II EN

Macroeconomics 8 II EN

THIRD YEAR


Business Cyberlaw

6

I

EN

Business and Marketing Analytics 8 I EN

Finance and Financial Technologies 8 I EN

Elective course 6 I EN

MANAGEMENT AND DATA SCIENCE

25

Elective courses (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Digital Innovation and Entrepreneurship 6 II EN

Digital Ethics 6 II EN

Digital Platforms and Business Ecosystems 6 II EN

Data Analysis and the Bank System 6 II EN

Blockchain and Cryptocurrencies 6 II EN

ADDITIONAL CREDITS

Activity ECTS

Foreign Language

4

Laboratories 6

Other activities 4

Final exam 4

26

The courses are listed in alphabetical order. Should the description of a given course not be available at the time of publication of this brochure and therefore not be included herein, it will be published on the university website in the cattedre online section, which students are accordingly advised to check from time to time.

AUDITING, DEONTOLOGY AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS (8 ECTS)

PART ONE Business combinations and liquidation company. Business valuation in merger and acquisition. The new tools utilized to manage companies' crisis.The civil and tax rules of business combination and liquidation company.

PART TWO The CNDCEC ‐ National Council of Professional and Expert Accounting: Legislative Decree June 28, 2005 n. 139. The program of activities of the delegation of DEONTOLOGY CNDCEC. The Code of Conduct of CNDCEC

THIRD PART CNDCEC: the action plan for the 2008‐ 2012 mandate – Financial reporting standards and auditing standards CNDCEC: the action plan for the 2014‐ 2016 mandate – Financial reporting standards and auditing standards Statutory audit: Legislative decree N. 39, of 27 January 2010 The application of audit standards after the implementation of the Audit Directive 2006/43/CE

Code: AL7

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring

Hours of classes: 80

Language of instruction: Italian

Prerequisites General knowledge of business administration and accounting

Assessment: Oral exam. In mid‐course, an intermediate written test is envisaged, which may, for 50%, contribute to the definition of the final vote.

Professors: Mechelli

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students the main operative instruments required to be chartered accountant, developing in particular the issues related to auditing, the technical and professional deontology.

Textbooks: L. Potito, Le operazioni straordinarie nell'economia delle imprese. Quinta edizione rivista, aggiornata e ampliata. Giappichelli, 2016.L. Cadeddu, A. Portalupi. La revisione legale dei conti, 2015 (Normativa di riferimento, Principi di revisione, Incarichi professionali, Responsabilità del revisore, Il sistema di controllo interno) Documents issued by CNDCEC.

BACHELOR’S DEGREE COURSES DESCRIPTIONS

27

Other teaching materials (slides and readings) will be shown and distributed by teacher during the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AL7/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

BOOKKEEPING AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (8 ECTS)

Part 1: Bookiping and Financial reporting.

Part 2: basic operational and financial cycles.

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic principles of business administration

Assessment: Written with intermediate test

Professors: Musaio

Learning Outcomes: The course will give the students an overview: 1) about bookkeeping techniques; 2) about Financial Statements (Italian law)

Textbooks: Material and slide by Professor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/A/1EEL2BASE/2017


The accounting information system, general accounts and the double‐entry method. From general accounting to the annual financial statement: operations recording process and value adjustment. The annual financial statement according to the Italian law, national accounting standards, presentation formats, general purpose and postulates, evaluation criteria. Hints about international accounting standards.

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Business Management knowledge

Assessment: Only written

Professors: Incollingo

Learning Outcomes: Acquiring knowledges about the accounting information system with particular reference to the double‐entry method. Acquiring knowledges about the annual financial statement according to the Civil Code and to national accounting policies

Textbooks: ‐ A. Quagli, "Bilancio di esercizio e principi contabili", Giappichelli, Torino, Settima edizione, 2015 ‐ Lecture notes by the professor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/B/1EEL2BASE/2017

28


Accounting foundations, core principles, and the construction of firms’ key financial statement: the balance sheet. The main accounting standards and principles to be followed in the construction of the annual balance sheet. The balance sheet components and structure. The national accounting standards (Civil code and OIC principles) and the international accounting standards (IAS/IFRS principles). Reporting taxes in the balance sheet. Consolidated financial statement (essentials).

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic principles of business administration.

Assessment: Intermediate written test and final written exam. The intermediate written test, if passed successfully, may contribute 50% to the final vote. If the intermediate written test passes, the final written exam will only cover the program after the intermediate written test.

Professors: Musco

Learning Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students should understand the conceptual framework underpinning the financial accounting system and the double entry bookkeeping system. Also, students should be able to construct the annual balance sheet and the income statement, and understand the accounting records.

Textbooks: A. Quagli, Bilancio di esercizio e principi contabili, Giappichelli 2017; OIC Accounting standards; IAS/IFRS Accounting standards; Civil code – artt. 2423 e ss.; Teaching material.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/C/1EEL2BASE/2017


From the general ledger to the preparation of the financial statements the preparation of financial statements in accordance with national (civil law and tax accounting principles) and International ( IFRS ‐ IAS : main profiles comparative ) :( i) SO‐CALLED general clauses ; ( ii ) the SO‐CALLED postulates; ( iii) evaluation criteria, including: tangible , intangible and financial assets; the costs of research, development costs, advertising costs; goodwill; investments; inventories; credits.

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic principles of business administration.

Assessment: Written exam only: this type of exam consists exclusively of a written test and does not include an oral exam. The student signs up for the written test; the Professor corrects the work and publishes the marks obtained on the specified website. The student receives notification of the result of the written exam, which will also be visible on the self‐service website. Upon

29

publication of the results, the student has 3 days to visualise the result and may refuse to accept it within that timeframe. Once the above period has concluded (3 days), the silence‐signifies‐assent rule is applied, the system sends a message to the Professor as a reminder to register the results, and the Professor completes this with his digital signature. Upon completion of the result registration process, the student receives a mail containing the final result obtained.

Professors: Pinto

Learning Outcomes: Knowledge of the theory and practice of accounting with double‐entry method . Knowledge of theory , legislation and of practice that govern the formation of the financial statements of businesses in the national and international context.

Textbooks: ‐ Cerbioni, Cinquini, Sostero, Contabilità e bilancio, McGraw‐Hill (ultima edizione); or in alternative: ‐ Ferrero, Dezzani, Pisoni, Puddu, Campra, Contabilità e Bilancio d’Esercizio, Giuffrè Editore (ultima edizione); Principi contabili nazionali settled by OIC‐Organismo Italiano di Contabilità.(http://docenti.luiss.it/pinto). Disposizioni che disciplinano la redazione del bilancio: ‐ civilistiche (Libro V‐Capo V‐ Sezione IX‐Del Bilancio‐artt. 2423‐2435‐bis del codice civile); ‐ tributarie (TUIR‐Capo II‐Sez. I‐Determinazione della base imponibile‐artt. 81‐110). Material provided by the professor and available on the website of course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/E/1EEL2BASE/2017


The Double Entry methodology for the calculation of earnings and book value; The legal regulation of the financial statements and (in summary) that of national and international accounting standards issued by the OIC and by the IASB.

Code: A61

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Business administration

Assessment: Written and oral exam

Professors: Sarcone

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at providing the basic skills that regard: 1. the formation of the financial statements, in accordance with the rules of the Italian Civil Code, the national accounting standards and the international ones; 2. bookkeeping of business operations with the methodology of the Double Entry (DE).

Textbooks: S.Sarcone "La formazione del bilancio annuale. Disciplina civilistica e principi contabili nei loro tratti più significativi" CEDAM (2016)

30

Teaching material by the professor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A61/D/1EEL2BASE/2017

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (8 ECTS)

1) Introduction to business administration

2) Governance, strategy, business management and organisation

3) Introduction to accounting

4) Introduction to the analysis of firms' performance

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written and oral exam. The written exam will include multiple choice tests and a practival exercise.

Professors: Di Donato

Learning Outcomes: The course will give the students: 1) an overview of business economics and management principles; 2) the basics of financial reporting and financial statements analysis

Textbooks: David Boddy, Management: an Introduction, Prentice Hall, 2005; Robert N. Anthony – Leslie K. Breitner, Essentials of Accounting, Prentice Hall, 2007; Five Slides set of the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/D/1EEL2BASE/2017


1. Introduction to Business Economics ‐ The role of the Business Economics ‐ The role of the Business Economics ‐ The birth of Business Economics ‐ Branches of Business Economics 2. The Company ‐ definitions ‐ Evolutionary phases ‐ classification ‐ Corporate governance 3. Management and dynamic values ‐ The circuit management ‐ The value dynamic of transactions ‐ The results of operations for the period and working capital ‐ The representation through the budget

31

4. Accounting systems and administrative ‐ The basic rules of operation of accounting ‐ The recognition method of operations 5. The conditions of the performance management ‐ Conditions of economic equilibrium, financial, equity ‐ Conditions of structural balance ‐ The operating leverage and financial ‐ Strategic risk analysis and prospects. ‐ The birth of Economy business ‐ Branches of Business Economics 2. The Company ‐ definitions ‐ Evolutionary phases ‐ classification ‐ Corporate governance 3. Management and value dynamic ‐ The circuit management ‐ The dynamic value of transactions ‐ The results of operations for the period and working capital ‐ The representation through the budget 4. Accounting systems and administrative ‐ The basic rules of operation of accounting ‐ The recognition method of operations 5. The conditions of the performance management ‐ Conditions of economic equilibrium, financial, equity ‐ Conditions of structural balance ‐ The operating financial and leverage ‐ Strategic risk analysis and prospects.

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: written examination and mid term test 30%

Professors: Di Lazzaro

Learning Outcomes: 1) the company understanding; 2) companies classification and corporate governance 3) values dynamic and knowledge of the methodology of accounting operations; 4) knowledge introduction to basic management items

Textbooks: Carlo Caramiello, L’azienda, Giuffrè, 1993 Carlo Caramiello, Capitale e reddito, Giuffrè, 1993 Fabrizio Di Lazzaro Gianluca Musco, Analisi Aziendale, Giappichelli, 2015 Fabrizio Di Lazzaro, Paolo Malagrinò, Esercizi svolti di economia aziendale, Giappichelli, 2009 Dispense a cura del docente

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/C/1EEL2BASE/2017

32


Part One: Introduction to Theories of the Firm, the management and organization of companies. • The business administration, the concept of business and the relationships between companies and external environment. • The role of economics in the social sciences Business administration and macro economics: the different areas of investigation. • The company's role in the economic activity • The different methods of companies' classification. • The institutional structure of the company: the purpose of the economic subject. • Corporate governance: an international comparison. • The relationships between companies and their external environment: political, social and environmental implications of the business • The phases of corporate life: institutional, operational and terminal • Institutional phase: the fundamental choices • Operational phase: the basic scheme of management operations • The funding of companies: equity and debts • Criteria for choosing the form of funding. • The acquisition of production factors: fixed assets and current expenditures • The production function. • Marketing. • The conditions of firm's economic and financial equilibrium. • General principles of business organization. • The different forms of business aggregation • Elements of strategy and corporate policy • The terminal phase: business cessation • Insights of extraordinary corporate transactions Part Two: The management information • The information on business management for the outside environment: purposes and tools • The technical tools to measure management operations: • The value dynamic • The accounting treatment of financing operations • The accounting treatment of purchase transactions • The accounting treatment of sales transactions • The determination of the income and the operating capital • Organization and management of the administrative function in companies • Notes on double‐entry method • The requirements for outside reporting effectiveness • The information on the business management for the internal environment: the management control Part Three: The corporate governance • Corporate governance and business risk • Comparative models of corporate governance • The control systems • Corporate governance and stakeholders' protection Part Four: Performance Analysis • Analysis of financial and non‐financial indicators

Code: 507

33

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam

Professors: Fiori

Learning Outcomes: • Knowledge and understanding : reading and analysis of economic and financial corporate performance • Applied knowledge and understanding : preparation of the financial statement . Understanding of the business dynamics of the relationships between different economic entities • Making judgments : The course will focus on the representation and analysis of company results . The main objective is therefore to provide each student the necessary tools to formulate an independent and personal judgment on the corporate performance, solidity and profitability. • Communication : ability to present and comment content and results of the financial statement with appropriate and specialized terminology. • Ability to learn : the debate professor / student , as well as the ongoing exercises in class , allow to constantly check students' learning ability and assess their progress with respect to the topics covered .

Textbooks: Fiori G., Tiscini R., Economia Aziendale, Egea, 2014.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/B/1EEL2BASE/2017


11) Introduction to business administration 2) Governance, strategy, business management and organisation 3) Introduction to accounting 4) Introduction to the analysis of firms' performance

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam. The written exam will include multiple choice tests, true and false questions and practical exercises

Professors: Izzo

Learning Outcomes: The course will give the students: 1) an overview of business economics and management principles; 2) the basics of financial reporting and financial statements analysis

Textbooks: Fiori G., Tiscini R., Economia Aziendale, Egea, 2014

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/E/1EEL2BASE/2017

34


The main topics are: ‐ Introdution to Business Administration; ‐ The Firm; ‐ Corporate Governance; ‐ Business Groups; ‐ Management operations; ‐ Income and working capital; ‐ Introduction to the Financial Statements; ‐ Introduction to Accounting; ‐ Financial ratios; ‐ Operating and financial leverage.

Code: 507

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: written with intermediate test

Professors: Musaio

Learning Outcomes: ‐ Firms into socio‐economic context; ‐ Management process; ‐ Accounting.

Textbooks: Carlo Caramiello, L’azienda, Giuffrè, 1993 Carlo Caramiello, Capitale e reddito, Giuffrè, 1993 Fabrizio Di Lazzaro, La performance del valore, Giappichelli, 2003 Fabrizio Di Lazzaro, Paolo Malagrinò, Esercizi svolti di economia aziendale, Giappichelli, 2008 Slides

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/507/A/1EEL2BASE/2017

BUSINESS LAW (8 ECTS)

The course will articulate, basically, in three modules. The first will identify the entrepreneurs and their statutes, with particular reference to the business entrepreneur. The firm’s discipline will also be studied, with reference to competition rules, brands and debt securities. The second part of the course will analyze the discipline of corporation companies, with particular focus to the evolution of discipline. The third part will illustrate the bankruptcy proceedings, with particular attention to the new ways of managing and solving business crises.

Code: 005

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Private Law

Assessment: Oral examination

Professors: Di Brina

35

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed to learn the main topics of the entrepreneur’s discipline, with particular focus to the rules of business activities and to the discipline of corporations. Essential rules of the crisis and bankruptcy complete the program.The main objective of the course is to give the tools for research, analysis and interpretation of rules, in order to develop the ability of textual and systematic investigation, with particular focus to the evolution of legislation, following the changes of the Economic phenomena.To achieve the objectives of the course, the lessons will illustrate the general framework of the disciplines, then show how to update and interpret the regulation, according to the doctrine and the jurisprudence.

Textbooks: ‐ G.F. Campobasso, Diritto commerciale, vol. 1, Diritto dell’impresa, UTET, latest edition; ‐ Associazione Disiano Preite, Il diritto delle società, Il Mulino, latest edition;



The statutory legislation of enterprises, partnerships, companies and insolvency procedures, with a focus, which will have an economic approach and a practical and professional perspective, on the main relevant hermeneutic issues.

Code: 005

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.

Assessment: Oral exam.

Professors: Donativi

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to examine the main topics concerning the different business structures by which economic activity may be carried out. In particular, the analysis will target the statutory legislation regarding the entrepreneur and the activity of enterprises, insolvency procedures, business partnerships and private and public limited companies, with the purpose of enabling the development of hermeneutic tools and the ability to understand the critical legal factors that arise from economic phenomena.

Textbooks: ‐ G.F. Campobasso, Diritto commerciale, vol. 1, Diritto dell’impresa, UTET, ultima edizione; ‐ Associazione Disiano Preite, Il diritto delle società, Il Mulino, ultima edizione; ‐ Slides and other teaching materials.



Knowledge of the main institutions of commercial law aimed at the possibility of inclusion in the business world to the executive level and consulting

Code: 005

36

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Knowledge of the main institutions of civil law and in particular the law of obligations and contracts

Assessment: The exam is done in a single oral session

Professors: Farenga

Learning Outcomes: Knowledge of the main institutions of commercial law aimed at the possibility of inclusion in the business world to the executive level and consulting

Textbooks: V. BUONOCORE, Manuale di diritto commerciale, Giappichelli, Turin, latest edition. available. Alternatively M. CIAN, Manuale di diritto commerciale, Giappichelli, ultima edizione disponibile



The enterprise . The Trader. The company and the brands . Consortia . The discipline of competition . Debt securities . Bank contracts . The bankruptcy proceedings . Partnerships . S.P.A., S.r.l., S.A.P.A. . Cooperatives

Code: 005

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Private Law


Professors: Lener

Learning Outcomes: The course is divided into three parts: The first part focuses on the profiles of the economic undertakings and on the instruments used by the entrepreneur (so called, commercial contracts and debt securities) . The second part of the course is devoted to the analysis of the discipline of partnerships and corporations, with particular regard to recent legislative changes . The third part focuses on the insolvency and bankruptcy proceedings

Textbooks: Company law: Il diritto delle società. Il Mulino , Bologna , latest edition ; alternatively : G.F. Campobasso, Manuale di Diritto Commerciale, Utet , latest edition . About enterprise, bank contracts , debt and insolvency procedures : GF Campobasso , Manuale di Diritto Commerciale, latest edition.


37


Course contents:

The entrepreneur: entrepreneurs’ categories; acquisition of the entrepreneur status; the commercial entrepreneur regime.

Bankruptcy and arrangements with creditors; forced administrative liquidation; Extraordinary administration.

Forms of business organizations:

Partnerships

Joint‐stock companies: incorporation; sole shareholder; “patrimony destinati” legal capital; equity and contribution; shares and relevant shares holdings; groups of companies; shareholders meetings; board of directors and audit; financial statements; amendments of the company’s bylaws; bonds; winding up and dissolution. Limited Liability Companies (LLC). Partnerships limited by shares. Co‐Op.

Conversion, merger and demerger.

Code: 005

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Oral exam

Professors: Macrì

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed to introduce students to the legislative framework around the activities of societies, especially highlighting the latest modifications of both company and family law.

Textbooks: Gian Franco Campobasso, Manuale di Diritto Commerciale. Sixth edition, latest print


BUSINESS ORGANIZATION (8 ECTS)

The notion of organization; organizational theories; organization and organizational behavior; the individual determinants of behavior in organizations (motivation, skills, decision‐making); the social determinants of behavior in organizations (group dynamics, communication, organizational culture, styles of influence); the organization as a system: the determinants of outcomes, interdependence, openness to the environment; variability, uncertainty and complexity; strategy‐structure relationship; organizational structures; organizational size, life cycle and decline; the boundaries of organization, the hierarchy, the market and the intermediary forms (alliances, networks, joint ventures, districts); organizational change; organization and innovation management; knowledge management; the organization of documents’ flows in organizations; management systems and information management for decision‐making; logics, techniques and tools for the human resources management; systems development and reward; the conflict management; the intra and inter‐organizational mobility; the innovation in the processes of business education and training; the organizational culture and organizational climate; the organizational communication.

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

38

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Assessment will be done through: ‐ Final written test: open questions. (Only written modality). ‐ Individual or Team work executed during the course: assignment on business case studies, exercises and presentations. ‐ A possible intermediate written test aimed at checking the status of learning progress (if any should be taken in the week immediately after November 1th and students will be informed immediately). The examinations aim to verify the students' degree of understanding of the main constructs of organization design and analysis and the students' ability to apply them in the problem‐solving of business cases.

Professors: Casalino

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide the main design and analysis categories of the organizational structure in order to develop an effective capacity for the assessment of business contexts that form the background for the processes and define requirements and operating procedures. The main theoretical foundations and the operational processes of the business organization will be analyzed, evaluating organizational models in relation to the strategies chosen by a company and taking into account the products and markets. The main methods for effective management of resources and the introduction of innovation in business processes in public and private organizations will also deeply considered.

Textbooks: Required books: Daft R.L., Organizzazione Aziendale, 5 ed., Maggioli‐Apogeo, 2014 Casalino N., Piccole e Medie Imprese e Risorse Umane nell’Era della Globalizzazione, Cedam, Padova, 2012 Slides, teaching notes and other documents available on the web platform: http://elearning.luiss.it or distributed in the classroom. Additional recommended readings: ‐ Isotta, F. (a cura di), Organizzazione aziendale. Teorie, modelli e tecniche di progettazione, Cedam, 2003. (Chapter 1 ‐ Teorie Organizzative). ‐ Fontana F., Il sistema organizzativo aziendale, Franco Angeli, 1999. ‐ Fontana F., Lo sviluppo del personale, Giappichelli, 1994. ‐ Casalino N., Gestione del cambiamento e produttività nelle aziende pubbliche. Metodi e strumenti innovativi, Cacucci Editore, 2008. ‐ Jones G.R., Organizzazione. Teoria, progettazione, cambiamento, Egea, 2012. ‐ Mintzberg H., Structures in fives. Designing effective organizations, Englewwod Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 1983 (trad. it. La progettazione dell’organizzazione aziendale, Il Mulino, 1985)


39


ART 1: INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONS. 1. Organizations and Organization Theory. PART 2: ORGANIZATIONAL PURPOSE AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN. 2. Strategy, Organization Design, and Effectiveness. 3. Fundamentals of Organization Structure. PART 3: OPEN SYSTEM DESIGN ELEMENTS. 4. The External Environment. 5. Interorganizational Relationships. 6. Designing Organizations for the International Environment. PART 4: INTERNAL DESIGN ELEMENTS. 7. Manufacturing and Service Technologies. 8. Using Information Technology for Control and Coordination. 9. Organization Size, Life Cycle, and Decline. PART 5: MANAGING DYNAMIC PROCESSES. 10. Organizational Culture and Ethical Values. 11. Innovation and Change. 12. Decision‐Making Processes.

13. Conflict, Power, and Politics.

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic knowledge on managerial processes

Assessment: Written examination

Professors: Cicchetti

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed to provide the students with basic principles of organizing and tools to support organizational design in complex organizations. Teaching in classroom is characterized by the extensive use of case studies.

Textbooks: R. Daft. 2014. Organizzazione Aziendale, Apogeo, Milano A. Cicchetti, La progettazione organizzativa, F. Angeli, Milano F. Fontana, Sistemi Organizzativi Aziendali, F. Angeli, Milano



The course treats the organization as the subject of study, it explores the principles of macrostructure and microstructure design and analysis, giving an emphasis to the strategy‐structure relation. The course begins by providing a comprehensive overview of what constitutes organizational design and of the theoretical foundations of the different design options. An examination of the main classical and modern organizational theories is carried out as well as of the determinants and criteria for organization design. Subsequently, the course turns its focus to the different organizational models and it emphasizes advantages and disadvantages of different design options. Further aspects are examined, such as organizational change management, the impact of technology on innovation, systems and processes, culture and organizational relationships. Finally, in the discussion on job design, it refers to the human resources strategic management with a particular focus on motivation systems, incentives and organizational behavior.

40

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Assessment will be done through: ‐ Final written examination: multiple choice and open questions. (Only written modality). ‐ Possible intermediate test. ‐ Individual or Team work executed during the course: assignment on business case studies, exercises and presentations. The examinations aim to verify the students' degree of understanding of the main constructs of organization design and analysis and the students' ability to apply them in the problem‐solving of business cases.

Professors: Giustiniano

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide the theoretical and conceptual knowledge and the methodological tools needed to design, implement and change the organizational architecture of business organizations. More specifically the course formative objectives are the ones listed below: ‐ to develop skills to design an adequate and effective organizational structure in line with business strategy, objectives and context and to analyze the appropriateness of an existing organizational structure with respect to the same elements; ‐ to facilitate the understanding of criteria and internal and external drivers of the choices of organizational design; ‐ to analyse the macrostructure and the microstructure through the focus on organizational structures and models, systems and processes, practices of resource management, organizational behavior and culture; ‐ to stimulate problem solving skills for the identification, analysis and resolution of organizational issues through case studies. The ultimate goal is to develop the skills to make the organizational design a driver of performance and competitive advantage.

Textbooks: Required books: ‐ Daft R. L., Organizzazione Aziendale, quinta edizione, Apogeo, 2013 ‐ Lecture Notes ‐ Slides and other teaching material available online or in classroom.



The course treats the organization as the subject of study, it explores the principles of macrostructure and microstructure design and analysis. The course begins by providing a comprehensive overview of what constitutes organizational design and of the theoretical foundations of the different design options. An examination of the main classical and modern organizational theories is carried out as well as of the determinants and criteria for organization design. Subsequently, the course turns its focus to the different organizational models and it emphasizes advantages and disadvantages of different design

41

options. Further aspects are examined, such as organizational change management, the impact of technology on innovation, systems and processes, culture and organizational relationships. Finally, in the discussion on job design, it refers to the human resources strategic management with a particular focus on motivation systems, incentives and organizational behavior.

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No one

Assessment: Assessment will be done through: ‐ Final written examination: 15 multiple choice and 3 open questions. (Only written modality). ‐ Intermediate test (project work): if positively evaluated it will have a weight of 30% on final exams. ‐ Individual or Team work executed during the course: assignment on business case studies, exercises and presentations. The examinations aim to verify the students' degree of understanding of the main constructs of organization design and analysis and the students' ability to apply them in the problem‐solving of business cases.

Professors: Moschera

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide the theoretical and conceptual knowledge and the methodological tools needed to analyze and design, implement and change the organizational architecture of business organizations. More specifically the course formative objectives are the ones listed below: ‐ to develop skills to analyze and design an adequate and effective organizational structure in line with business strategy, objectives and context and to analyze the appropriateness of an existing organizational structure with respect to the same elements; ‐ to facilitate the understanding of criteria and internal and external drivers of the choices of organizational design; ‐ to analyse the macrostructure and the microstructure through the focus on organizational structures and models, systems and processes, practices of resource management, organizational behavior and culture; ‐ to stimulate problem solving skills for the identification, analysis and resolution of organizational issues through case studies. The ultimate goal is to develop the skills to make the organizational design one of the drivers of performance and competitive advantage.

Textbooks: Required books: ‐ Daft R. L., Organizzazione Aziendale, quinta edizione, Apogeo, 2013 ‐ Dispensa: "Materiali integrativi per l'insegnamento di Organizzazione Aziendale, LUISS ‐ a.a. 2016‐2017". (Tratta da: Noe R.A., Hollenbeck J.R., Gerhart B., Wright P.M., Gestione delle risorse umane, seconda edizione, Apogeo, 2012; Kreitner R., Kinicki A., Comportamento organizzativo, Seconda edizione, Apogeo, 2013) ‐ Slides and other teaching material available online or in classroom.

42

Additional recommended readings and other material presented during lectures.



In the introductory part of the course, the main organization theories will be presented, with a specific focus on systems theory as a general framework for organizational analysis and design. The following parts are related to: organizational structures; processes and performance; the external environment; technology; organizational change. Moreover, laboratory activities will be organized on the following topics: structures, processes, job functions, KPI, sizing, performance improvement.

Code: 049

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: ‐ written test (open and multiple choice questions) 70% ‐ individual or group work during the course 30%

Professors: Spagnoletti

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to organization theory and organization design. Its primary purpose is to equip students with a systemic view of organizations and a basic understanding of organizational features and theories. The course’s specific learning objectives are: • Understanding the socio‐technical nature of organizations • Understanding organizational dynamics • Developing the ability to identify and analyse organizational problems • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods for organizational analysis and design

Textbooks: Daft R.L. (2014), Organizzazione Aziendale, quinta edizione. Maggioli Editore Duplicated lecture notes: "Materiali integrativi per l'insegnamento di Organizzazione Aziendale, LUISS ‐ a.a. 2016‐2017" from: Noe R.A., Hollenbeck J.R., Gerhart B., Wright P.M., Gestione delle risorse umane, seconda edizione, Apogeo, 2012 Kreitner R., Kinicki A., Comportamento organizzativo, Seconda edizione, Apogeo, 2013


COMPUTER SCIENCE (6 ECTS)

The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐taught lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below.Theoretical part:‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages‐ HW/SW components and architectures‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search‐ Mobile computing, mobile

43

devices, mobile applications and IoT‐ Social network and graph concepts‐ Data Base, BigData‐ Information Security and Privacy‐ Machine learning‐ Digital CurrenciesPractical part‐ Introduction to Python‐ Data type and data structure‐ Variables and constants‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops‐ Functions‐ Recursive functions‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Working knowledge of the most popular office‐automation applications, with the focus on: word processing, spreadsheets, presentations

Assessment: The competences are assessed either via oral or written (on the basis on the number of students) format. The class includes a mid‐term written test whose results (if positive) have an impact corresponding to 40% of the final score

Professors: Bernaschi

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below.‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the concept of “Computational Thinking" and its application in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as concepts of data structure, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that makes up modern digital devices especially those used in business. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and the cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social network phenomenon; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analysis as a tool for decision support; Understanding information security key concepts; being aware of the perils arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies.‐ Practical aspects: introduction to programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.

Textbooks: Students can find class materials on the e‐learning platform (slides, lecture notes, and the text book reference).



The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐based lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below. Theoretical part: ‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages

44

‐ HW/SW components and architectures ‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols ‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search ‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT ‐ Social network and graph concepts ‐ Data Base, BigData ‐ Information Security and Privacy ‐ Machine learning ‐ Digital Currencies Practical part ‐ Introduction to Python ‐ Data type and data structure ‐ Variables and constants ‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops ‐ Functions ‐ Recursive functions ‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The competences are assessed via an oral or a written test (based on the number of students). There will be a midterm (written test). The midterm will be 40% of the final grade

Professors: Italiano

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at the individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below. ‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the notion of “Computational Thinking" and its applications in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as basic notions of data structures, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that make up modern digital devices and computing architectures. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social networks; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analytics as a tool for decision support; Understanding key notions in computer and network security key concepts; being aware of the risks arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies. ‐Practical aspects: introduction to computer programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding

45

fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.

Textbooks: All the class material is available on the e‐learning platform (slides, lecture notes, and reference to the textbook).



The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐based lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below. Theoretical part: ‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages ‐ HW/SW components and architectures ‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols ‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search ‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT ‐ Social network and graph concepts ‐ Data Base, BigData ‐ Information Security and Privacy ‐ Machine learning ‐ Digital Currencies Practical part ‐ Introduction to Python ‐ Data type and data structure ‐ Variables and constants ‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops ‐ Functions ‐ Recursive functions ‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The competences are assessed via an oral or a written test (based on the number of students)

Professors: Laura

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at the individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below. ‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the notion of “Computational Thinking" and its applications in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as basic notions of data structures, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that make up modern digital devices and computing architectures. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social networks; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analytics as a tool for decision support; Understanding key notions in computer and network security key concepts; being aware of the risks arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies. ‐ Practical aspects: introduction to computer programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding

46

fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.




The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐taught lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below. Theoretical part: ‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages ‐ HW/SW components and architectures ‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols ‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search ‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT ‐ Social network and graph concepts ‐ Data Base, BigData ‐ Information Security and Privacy ‐ Machine learning ‐ Digital Currencies Practical part ‐ Introduction to Python ‐ Data type and data structure ‐ Variables and constants ‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops ‐ Functions ‐ Recursive functions ‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The competences are assessed either via oral or written (on the basis on the number of students) format

Professors: Naldi

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below. ‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the concept of “Computational Thinking" and its application in social and economic sciences; understanding

47

algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as concepts of data structure, information and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that makes up modern digital devices especially those used in business. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and the cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social network phenomenon; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analysis as a tool for decision support; Understanding information security key concepts; being aware of the perils arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies. ‐ Practical aspects: introduction to programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.




The syllabus consists of a theoretical part (classroom‐taught lessons) and a practical part (lectures in a lab). The contents of each part are described below.Theoretical part:‐ Course introduction; what is computational thinking; binary notation; definition of algorithm ‐ Algorithms, data structures and programming languages‐ HW/SW components and architectures‐ Networks fundamentals and application protocols‐ Network resources, cloud computing and Web search‐ Mobile computing, mobile devices, mobile applications and IoT‐ Social network and graph concepts‐ Data Base, BigData‐ Information Security and Privacy‐ Machine learning‐ Digital CurrenciesPractical part‐ Introduction to Python‐ Data type and data structure‐ Variables and constants‐ Conditional (if) statements and Loops‐ Functions‐ Recursive functions‐ Search algorithms ‐ Numerical Algorithms

Code: 254

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: The competences are assessed either via oral or written (on the basis on the number of students) format. Moreover, a mid‐term assessment (written) will be organized during the course. Only a positive grade will contribute to the 40% of the final grade.

Professors: Za

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding the working principles of modern digital technologies and their implications on our daily life at individual and organizational level. The objectives of the course can be divided into two main categories related to theoretical and practical aspects, as described below.‐ Theoretical aspects: Understanding the concept of “Computational Thinking" and its application in social and economic sciences; understanding algorithm principles and fundamentals of programming languages as well as concepts of data structure, information

48

and coding; understanding the combination of hardware and software components that makes up modern digital devices especially those used in business. Understanding the main features of modern communication networks, the architecture of the web, and the cloud computing. Understanding the concept of mobile computing, mobile applications and IoT; understanding social network phenomenon; understanding the basic concept of database and the potential of BigData analysis as a tool for decision support; Understanding information security key concepts; being aware of the perils arising from malicious software and from the exposure of corporate and/or personal sensitive information; understanding the concept of machine learning and digital currencies.‐ Practical aspects: introduction to programming, useful for developing an alternative problem solving approach and for understanding fundamental programming principles to be adopted in finance and statistics applications.



CORPORATE FINANCE (8 ECTS)

1. The role of corporate finance 2. Financial Planning 3. Net Present Value 4. Risk and capital budgeting 5. Capital structure 6. Financing and Investment decisions

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Bookkeeping and financial statements

Assessment: Written test

Professors: Bozzi

Learning Outcomes: To provide the fundamentals of corporate finance and the knowledge to address key financial issues

Textbooks: Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Sandri S., Principi di finanza aziendale, 7 ED, McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015



1. The role of corporate finance 2. Financial Planning 3. Net Present Value 4. Risk and capital budgeting 5. Capital structure

49

6. Financing and Investment decisions

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall





Professors: Capasso





1. The role of the corporate finance 2. Financial Planning 3. Net Present Value a. Net present value and cost of capital b. Stock evaluation c. Investment choices 4. Risk and capital budgeting a. Risk and return b. Risk and capital budgeting c. Capital budgeting issues 5. Financing choices a. Market efficiency b. Financing solutions for firms c. Dividend Policy d. Financial Structure and Modigliani‐Miller theorem e. Financing and Investment decisions

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Accounting

Assessment: Written test Oral test (optional)

Professors: Mattarocci

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to explain which investments a firm has to selected and how it has to collect financial resources. Students at the end of the course will be able to analyse critically the main events that characterize the financial management of the firm.

Textbooks: Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Allen F., Sandri S., Principi di finanza aziendale, 7 ED,

50

McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015



1. The role of Corporate Finance 2. Financial Planning 3. time value of money: Present Value and Future Value a. Present value and opportunity cost of capital b. Stock valuation c. Investment decision 4. Risk and capital budgeting a. risk and return b. risk and capital budgeting c. Capital Budgeting problems 5. Financial Decision a. Market efficiency b. Financial forecasting and planning c. Dividend Policy d. Financial leverage and Capital Structure Policy e.Capital investment decion analysis and capital structure Policy

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Financial Accounting Financial Mathematics

Assessment: written exam

Professors: Oriani

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to teach students how to approach and solve the fundamental financial problems facing all businesses and to provide tools for analyzing and appraising Firm's financial performances, and Firm's strategic decisions based on financial tools. Moreover, students will be able to evaluate alternatives of investments and to decide whether or not investing money on any of them, according to the most common financial techniques.

Textbooks: Brealey R. A, Myers S.C., Sandri S., Principles of Corporate Finance, 7 ED, McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2015



1. The role of corporate finance 2. Financial Planning 3. Net Present Value 4. Risk and capital budgeting 5. Capital structure

51

6. Financing and Investment decisions

Code: 409

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall





Professors: Spisni




ENERGY ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

The program is divided into four parts. The first part focuses upon a deepening of the general economic theory needed to understand the operation of the energy system. The second part shows the theoretical models applied to the energy system. The third part deals with the general analysis of the energy system in a systematic way: demand, supply, costs, organization of markets, institutional interventions and regulation. In the fourth part there is a deeper analysis of special topics related to international markets and the energy and environmental policies. Class discussion is aimed at enlightening some ideas of the current literature for further reading.

Code: T034

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring


Language of instruction: English

Prerequisites none

Assessment: written exam and project work

Professors: Bollino

Learning Outcomes: provide historical and analytical foundations for understanding the most important phenomena of the international and Italian energy system

Textbooks: required reading: Bigerna S. Bollino C. A. Micheli S, The Sustainability of Renewable Energy in Europe, Springer, Verlag Editor, 2015, VIII, 137p. Bhattacharyya, Subhes C., Energy Economics, Concepts, Issues, Markets and Governance, Springer Verlag Editor, 2011, XXVI, 721p. C.A. Bollino, L’energia –Follia mondiale, Rubbettino,Roma, 2010 Suggested readings: Pireddu G., Economia dell’energia. I fondamenti, Biblioteca delle Scienze, Pavia, 2009. Clò A., Il rebus enegetico, Il Mulino Contemporanea, Bologna, 2008. Stiglitz J. E., Economia del settore pubblico, Vol. I, Milano, Hoepli, 2005. Salvatore Carollo, C’era una volta il prezzo del petrolio, Milano, Scheiwiller,

52

2009 Moncada Lo Giudice G., F. Asdrubali, Fattore N, Armando Editore, Roma, 2010 Moncada Lo Giudice G., F Asdrubali, La sfida dell’energia, Franco Angeli, Milano, 2007 Curcio E, S. Delli Colli, LA faticosa apertura del mercato elettrico, Quaderni Aiee, Eliconie Editore, Roma, 2004 Gilardoni A., The world market for Natural Gas, Springer, Berlino, 2008

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T034/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC UTILITIES (8 ECTS)

Part I Public Utilities: policies and regulations ‐ Public Utilities overview ‐ Public Utility Policy Issues ‐ Public Utility Regulatory Environment Part II Sectors of the Public Utility Industry ‐ Electric Energy Utilities ‐ Natural Gas Utilities ‐ Water and Wastewater Utilities ‐ Waste Collection and Disposal Utilities ‐ Public Transit Utilities Part III Public Utility Strategic Management ‐ Public Utility Governance ‐ Public Utility Management ‐ Public Utility Finance ‐ Public Utility Pricing and Rate Setting ‐ Public Utility Promotion Part IV Public Utility Organization ‐ Public Utility Organization ‐ Public Utility Operations ‐ Public Utility Workforce Management Part V Public Utilities Ethics, Responsibility and Sustainability ‐ Public Utility Reporting on ERS

Code: AT2

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Management5

Assessment: ‐ participation (attendance and group works) ‐ written exam ‐ oral exam (for those who don't pass the participation)

Professors: Dandi

Learning Outcomes: The main aim of the class is to address the specificities of the management of public utilities. In particular, we will study the governance models, strategies, organization, marketing and human resource management in

53

services like electric energy, natural gas, public transit, water and wastewater, and solid waste management.

Textbooks: Gilardoni (a cura di) Public Utilities e Infrastrutture. Agici

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AT2/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF THE MEDIA (6 ECTS) [information for the a.y. 2017‐2018 not yet available]

1. Analysis of business models in the audio‐visual industry (film industry, television and online services). 2. Innovation and globalization in the audio‐visual industry. 3. Transformations in the value chain and market structure. 4. Dynamics of digital media convergence. 5. Overview of the Italian audio‐visual industry (2007‐2016).

Code: SDG

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites


Professors: Balestrieri

Learning Outcomes: The aim of this course is to provide the students with a good knowledge on the digital media, focusing on the global trends of the audio‐visual market (free‐to‐air broadcasting and pay‐tv, film industry and digital services providers) and on the challenges that the Italian audio‐visual industry needs to face.

Textbooks: L. Balestrieri L'industria delle immagini. Luiss University Press 2016 Slides and other supporting materials (industry reports, academic papers) will be available online at http://docenti.luiss.it/balestrieri/

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SDG/0/19ILMBASE/2016

ECONOMICS OF FINANCIAL MARKETS AND INSTITUTIONS (8 ECTS)

• Financial intermediation • Interest rates and asset valuation • European Central Bank • financial markets • Banks: activities, regulation and balance sheet • Other financial institutions • Basel 2 and 3 and risk management

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

54

Assessment: written exam mid term (50% if positive mark) final exam:written (100% or 50%)

Professors: Boido

Learning Outcomes: The course provides competences on financial markets, instruments (bonds and derivatives) and financial institutions. It describes models, functions and typologies of each area of interest and focuses on risk management tecniques. Each aspects reflects the law and regulation of financial system.

Textbooks: Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni Economia degli Intermediari finanziari Mc Graw‐Hill Terza Edizione 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/E/1EEL2BASE/2017


• Financial intermediation • Interest rates and asset valuation • European Central Bank • financial markets • Banks: activities, regulation and balance sheet • Other financial institutions • Basel 2 and 3 and risk management

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: written mid term exam and oral exam

Professors: Cerri

Learning Outcomes: The course provides competences on financial markets, instruments (bonds and derivatives) and financial institutions. It describes models, functions and typologies of each area of interest and focuses on risk management tecniques. Each aspects reflects the law and regulation of financial system.

Textbooks: Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni Economia degli Intermediari finanziari Mc Graw‐Hill Terza Edizione 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/A/1EEL2BASE/2017


Analysis of the nature and behaviour of the financial markets; The theory of intermediations and the role of financial institutions Regulation, economics and risk management of financial institutions Analysis of instruments (bonds, stocks, derivatives) exchanged in the financial markets

55

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: written examination

Professors: Comana

Learning Outcomes: Presentation of the basic notions about the financial intermediations channels and mechanism; transmit the competences regarding the financial institutions management, regarding the profitability and financial dynamic and the management of risks; learn the contractual forms of lending and borrowing both from the technical and juridical point of view.

Textbooks: Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni, Economia degli intermediari finanziari, Mc Graw Hill, Quarta edizione, 2015

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/B/1EEL2BASE/2017


Analysis of the features and functioning of financial markets; theory of financial intermediaries; financial intermediaries: risk and regulation; management, risk and regulation; analysis of the characteristics of financial instruments traded on the markets.

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written Mid Termi (40%) Written Final Exam (60%)

Professors: Pallini

Learning Outcomes: Provide the basic knowledge of the mechanisms of financial intermediaries and the functioning of financial markets; transfer skills related to management conditions of financial intermediaries, with particular reference to matters relating to the profitability and the risks; learn the technical, legal, financial profile and operations issues of financial instruments traded in the markets.

Textbooks: A. Saunders, M.Millon Cornett, M. Anolli, B. Alemanni: Economia degli Intermediari Finanziari; Mc Graw Hill, Fourth edition, 2015.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/C/1EEL2BASE/2017


‐ Analysis of the features and functioning of financial markets ‐ Theory of financial intermediaries ‐ Financial intermediaries: management, risk and regulation ‐ Analysis of the characteristics of financial instruments traded on financial markets

56

Code: AK7

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites none

Assessment: ‐ Written mid‐term (40%) ‐ Written final exam (60%) In case students do no attend the mid‐term, or result is "insufficient", the final exam will be the 100% of the final result.

Professors: Previtali

Learning Outcomes: Provide the basic knowledge of the mechanisms of financial intermediation and the functioning of financial markets; transfer skills related to management conditions of financial intermediaries, particularly with regard to topics related to risks and economics of banks; learn the technical, legal, financial and operational isses of financial instruments traded in the markets.

Textbooks: Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Mario Anolli, Barbara Alemanni, Economia degli intermediari finanziari, Mc Graw Hill, Quarta edizione, 2015

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK7/D/1EEL2BASE/2017

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (8 ECTS)

Financial operations. Actuarial methods for calculating interests and discounts. Effective rates. Nominal rates. Capital markets. Term structure of prices and interest rates in capital markets. Yield to maturity. Annuities. Present value and accumulated value of an annuity. Annuities classification. Problems concerning constant annuities: determining present value, amounts to pay, number of payments, interest rate. Debt securities: bonds. Bootstrapping. Time and variability indexes. Evaluating and selecting economic‐financial projects. Selection criteria: N.P.V., Final Value, T.R.M. and I.R.R. Amortizing a loan. Elementary approach vs. financial approach. Usufruct and bare ownership. Amortization methods. Setting‐up a capital.

Code: 044

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Mathematics

Assessment: Individual written exam (computer‐based) and individual oral exam.

Professors: Barone

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of financial mathematics and to provide them the quantitative tools for the solution of financial problems under certainty.

Textbooks: BORTOT, MAGNANI, OLIVIERI, ROSSI e TORRIGIANI, "Matematica Finanziaria", 2nd edition, Monduzzi Editore, 1998. IODICE, "Compendio di Matematica Finanziaria", 4th edition, Simone Editore, 2011).

57

Material provided by the instructor.




Code: 044

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall




Assessment: Individual written exam (computer‐based) and individual oral exam.

Professors: Fersini


Textbooks: BORTOT, MAGNANI, OLIVIERI, ROSSI e TORRIGIANI, "Matematica Finanziaria", 2nd edition, Monduzzi Editore, 1998. IODICE, "Compendio di Matematica Finanziaria", 4th edition, Simone Editore, 2011). Material provided by the instructor.



Fundamentals of the valuation of financial contracts. Cash flows, capital and interest. Value and risks. The financial evaluation under certainty. The exponential financial law. Annuities and amortization schedules of a capital. Internal rate of return. Theory of the financial laws. The no‐arbitrage market approach to financial valuation. Value function and market price. The term structure of spot and forward interest rates. Indices for measuring the duration and volatility of a financial contract. No‐arbitrage valuation of floating rate bonds. Interest Rate Swaps. The measurement of the term structure of interest rates interest. The hypotheses on the evolution of the term structure of interest rates.

Code: 044

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of general mathematics.

58

Assessment: written assignment 50% oral examination 50% The written exam doesn't have to be done if the student passes the intermediate exams, that will cover arguments treated in class till the week before their scheduled date, and that will be graded over 30.

Professors: Mottura

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to set the foundations of financial valuation, to provide the basics for the formalization of the financial markets and to measure the value and risk of financial contracts.

Textbooks: G.Castellani, M.De Felice, F.Moriconi, Manuale di finanza, Vol. I, Tassi di interesse. Mutui e obbligazioni, Il Mulino, 2005, Bologna




Code: 044

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall




Assessment: Individual written exam (computer‐based) and individual oral exam.The course also provides for a mid term exam described in the "exam rules" that will be published on the professor's on‐line page.

Professors: Olivieri


Textbooks: BORTOT, MAGNANI, OLIVIERI, ROSSI e TORRIGIANI, "Matematica Finanziaria", 2nd edition, Monduzzi Editore, 1998. IODICE, "Compendio di Matematica Finanziaria", 4th edition, Simone Editore, 2011). Material provided by the instructor.


59


The course regards the main basic financial problems regarding investments, annuities, amortization schedules and bond evaluation, followed by a broad comprehension of interest rates term structure (spot and forward) and the study of key financial indicators as Duration and Convexity of a cash flows stream for some basic ALM strategies.

Code: 044

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites To have already passed the exam of General Mathematics.

Assessment: The assessment method will be carried out according to: a) written test with the solution of exercises; b) oral test to verify the overall comprehension of financial mathematics, theorems and practical aspects.

Professors: Savelli

Learning Outcomes: The final target of the course is to make the students able to solve all the main basic financial problems regarding investments, annuities, amortization schedules and bond evaluation, followed by a broad comprehension of interest rates term structure (spot and forward) and the basic framework for ALM (Asset Liability Management) strategies.

Textbooks: G.Castellani, M.De Felice, F.Moriconi, Manuale di finanza, Vol. I, Tassi di interesse. Mutui e obbligazioni, Ed. Il Mulino, 2005, Bologna


FINANCE (8 ECTS)

The course will focus on public finance and its role in the income redistribution process. The course will also analyse the social and economic impact of fiscla policy in an international framework.

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Having attended macro and microeconomics might be preferable


Professors: De Santis

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to make students understand the main aspects of the public intervention in the economy

Textbooks: Stiglitz J., "Economia del settore pubblico vol I", Hoepli Milano (last edition)


60

FINANCE (8 ECTS)

Taxation and public expenditure systems in the OECD countries; the market failure; the economic effects of taxes; the economic effects of public expenditure; the public debt; the taxation of the digital economy; the economic theory of tax evasion and the empirical evidence.

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A basic knowledge of microeconomics is required


Professors: Mare'

Learning Outcomes: To provide the basic tools of public sector economics; in particular, the economic effects of taxes (income tax, VAT, etc.) and public exenditure (pensions, health). Some special issues will be addressed, such as the economics of digital economy and the the economics of tax evasion.

Textbooks: Ernesto Longobardi, Economia Tributaria, McGraw Hill, 2010


FINANCE (8 ECTS)

Taxation and public expenditure systems in the OECD countries; the market failure; the economic effects of taxes; the economic effects of public expenditure; the public debt; the taxation of the digital economy; the economic theory of tax evasion and the empirical evidence.

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall





Professors: Milillo

Learning Outcomes: To provide the basic tools of public sector economics; in particular, the economic effects of taxes (income tax, VAT, etc.) and public exenditure (pensions, health). Some special issues will be addressed, such as the economics of digital economy and the the economics of tax evasion.

Textbooks: Ernesto Longobardi, Economia Tributaria, McGraw Hill, 2010


FINANCE (8 ECTS)

The course is divided into two parts. In the first we introduce the economic theory of public intervention, and in the second we consider the taxes and the structure of the Italian state.

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

61

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Microeconomics, macroeconomics, math, finance and statistics.

Assessment: The department introduced an intermediate written exam in November 2017 (weight 30%). The final exam is written

Professors: Oldani

Learning Outcomes: Moving from the knowledge acquired in previous compulsory courses, the course will: a) describe targets and tools of public intervention; b) analyse the effects of public intervention; c) show the criteria for the evaluation and comparison of public intervention; d) introduce the principles of public finance; e) describe the capability to use fiscal tools, with particular attention to Italy.

Textbooks: Bosi Corso di Scienza delle finanze, il Mulino ultima ed.


FINANCE (8 ECTS)

The course is divided into two parts. In the first we introduce the economic theory of public intervention, and in the second we consider the taxes and the structure of the Italian state.

Code: 062

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No

Assessment: Written exam.

Professors: Cremonese / Taccone

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to introduce the students to the main contents of public economics and finance, focusing on the role of taxation; the themes concerning the different kinds of taxes and duties will be deepened, as well as their connection to the offer of public goods and services.The course will explore the design of taxation system, public expenditure policies, public debt and deficit notion. Particular attention will be paid to trade‐off between efficiency and equity and to analyze the economic effects of taxation.

Textbooks: Adopted texts: ‐ ROSEN H. S. (2014), SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE, MCGRAWHILL‐ P. BOSI (2015), CORSO DI SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE, IL MULINO ‐ P. BOSI, M.C. GUERRA (2016), I TRIBUTI NELL’ECONOMIA ITALIANA, IL MULINO Suggested readings‐ CREMONESE A. (2006) LA SPESA PUBBLICA PER LA SANITA', QUADERNI DPTEA N. 151, LUISS GUIDO CARLI ‐ CREMONESE A. (2006) IL SISTEMA SANITARIO ITALIANO: UNA CONFIGURAZIONE REGIONALE DEL MODELLO PUBBLICO, QUADERNI DPTEA N. 152, LUISS GUIDO CARLI ‐ CREMONESE A. (2006) L’IMPOSTA PROGRESSIVA SUL REDDITO DELLE PERSONE FISICHE E LA TASSAZIONE PROPOZIONALE DEI REDDITI DI CAPITALE, QUADERNI DPTEA N. 153, LUISS

62

GUIDO CARLI ‐ EMMANUELE F. M. E. (2008), IL TERZO PILASTRO. IL NON PROFIT MOTORE DEL NUOVO WELFARE, EDIZIONI SCIENTIFICHE ITALIANE‐ TACCONE A. (2006), IL DIBATTITO SULLA TASSAZIONE DELLE SOCIETÀ, QUADERNI DEPTEA N. 143, LUISS GUIDO CARLI


HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT (8 ECTS)

World economic history from the industrial revolution to globalization.

Code: 670

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written midterm exam 30% Oral final exam 70%

Professors: Di Taranto

Learning Outcomes: To provide students with major analytic and comparative tools to interpret the evolution of the economic thought.

Textbooks: A. Roncaglia, La ricchezza delle idee, Laterza, Roma‐Bari, 2001.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/670/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

HISTORY OF ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS (8 ECTS)


Code: AR4

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.



Learning Outcomes: To provide students with major analytic and comparative tools to interpret the evolution of world economic history from the industrial revolution to globalization and beyond.

Textbooks: Giuseppe Di Taranto, La globalizzazione diacronica, Torino, Giappichelli, 2013. Ennio De Simone, Storia economica. Dalla rivoluzione industriale alla rivoluzione informatica, Milano, Franco Angeli, 2012. Giuseppe Di Taranto, L’Europa tradita, Roma, Luiss University Press, 2017.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/A/1EEL2BASE/2017

63



Code: AR4

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.


Professors: Farese



Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/D/1EEL2BASE/2017


The analysis of world economic history, from the industrial revolution to globalization.

Code: AR4

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.


Professors: Ferrandino / Lepore



Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/C/1EEL2BASE/2017



Code: AR4

Major: Core Subject

64

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.

Assessment: Written midterm exam 30%. Oral final exam 70%.

Professors: Mascolo



Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/B/1EEL2BASE/2017



Code: AR4

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.


Professors: Sangiuliano / Tortorella Esposito



Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AR4/E/1EEL2BASE/2017

HUMAN RESOURCES ORGANISATION AND MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

Introduction to HRM.People, Strategy and Organization. Organizational Behaviour. Job Analysis and Staffing. Recruiting and Selection. Employees Evaluation. Learning and Development. Compensation Systems

Code: 618

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring

65



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Oral exam: 100%

Professors: Gabrielli

Learning Outcomes: Provide a complete overview of the major issues influencing people management in complex organizations. Main objective of the course is the understanding of the strategies, policies and management tools of Human Resource Management adopted by organizations to support their development. The course, based on rigorous theoretical and methodological approaches, allows students to look at various HR practices within the employment cycle (e.g. recruitment and selection, compensation management, performance management, training and development, highlighting the critical role of HRM in predicting employees' behavior, attitudes, and performance.

Textbooks: G. Gabrielli, S. Profili “Organizzazione e gestione delle Risorse Umane ‐ II Edizione”, ISEDI, Torino, 2016 (the following chapters are excluded: 2,3,12,13,16).


INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

Part 1. Background. 1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements. 6. Alternative theories of demand. 7. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 8. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 9. Entry barriers. 10. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 11. Product diversification. 12. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts. 13. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 14. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 15. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 16. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. Part 5. Industrial policy. 19. Aggregate demand and productivity. 20. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980).

66

21. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 22. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. 23. Public and private property of firms. Privatization. 24. Protectionism.

Code: 027

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites This course has no formal prerequisites, but solid background in microeconomics is highly desirable.

Assessment: Witten exam (60%) / Oral exam (40%)

Professors: Cassetta

Learning Outcomes: The course is designed to provide students an introduction to Industrial Organization and to develop abilities to perform case studies and sectoral analysis. Industrial Organization represents the analytical framework for: strategic planning of firms operating in competitive markets; antitrust and competition policy; economic regulation; industrial policy.

Textbooks: Scognamiglio Pasini C., Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2013, suggested chapters. [CSP] Carlton D.W. e Perloff J.M., Organizzazione industriale, McGraw‐Hill, 2013, suggested chapters. [CP] Chang H.J., Cattivi Samaritani. Il mito del libero mercato e l'economia mondiale, UBE, Milano, suggested chapters. [CH]



PART I Background. Introduction to the Industrial Organization discipline. 1. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 2. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 3. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 4. Theory of the firm. PART II Basic elements. 5. Theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. PART III Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. PART IV.

67

Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. 16. Game theory: basics. PART V. 17 Industrial policies. Aggregate demand and productivity. Industrial policy in Italy. The crisis of productivity and economic growth. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. PART VI. Selected topics 18. Multinational firms 19. Innovation 20. Italian industrial system

Code: 027

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites This course has no formal prerequisites, but a background in microeconomics is highly desirable.

Assessment: Participation in the course, class‐room exercises and written and oral exam. Intermediate written examination (optional) held at week . In case of a positive evaluation it will have a 50% weight on the final evaluation mark

Professors: Evangelista


Textbooks: A. Carlo Scognamiglio Pasini, Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2011 (as an alterntive to the Scognamiglio's volume the following textbook can be used: J. Lipczynski, J.O.S. Wilson, J. Goddard, Economia Industriale, Pearson, 2017). B. Other suggested readings and Professor's slides



Part 1. Background. 1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization.

68

4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements. 5. Alternative theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. 16. Game theory: basics. Part 5. Industrial policy. 18. Aggregate demand and productivity. 19. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980). 20. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 21. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. Part 6. Selected topics 1. Multinational firms 2. Innovation 3. Italian industrial system

Code: 027

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring




Assessment: participation, written and oral exam

Professors: Meliciani


Textbooks: Carlo Scognamiglio Pasini (CSP.), Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2012, suggested chapters. Or, alternatively, oppure, in alternativa, John Lipczynski, John O. Wilson, John Goddard, Economia industriale. Pearson, 2016.

69

Other readings: Barba Navaretti – Venables (2004), Le multinazionali nell’economia mondiale, Il Mulino, suggested chapters Fagerberg‐Mowery‐Nelson (2007), Innovazione, Imprese, Industrie, Economie, Carocci editore, suggested chapters Malerba, Economia dell’innovazione (200), Carocci editore, suggested chapters Other suggested readings Professor's slides



Part 1. Background. 1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements. 5. Alternative theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinky demand curve. 16. Game theory: basics. 17. A dynamic competition model in imperfect markets. Part 5. Industrial policy. 18. Aggregate demand and productivity. 19. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980). 20. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 21. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. 22. Public and private property of firms. Privatization. 23. Protectionism.

Code: 027

Major: Core Subject

70

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics

Assessment: Witten exam (60%) / Oral exam (40%)

Professors: Monarca


Textbooks: Carlo Scognamiglio Pasini (CSP.), Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2012, suggested chapters. Dennis W. Carlton e Jeffrey M. Perloff (CP.), Organizzazione industriale, McGraw‐Hill, 2013, suggested chapters. Chang, H.J. (2008), “Cattivi Samaritani. Il mito del libero mercato e l'economia mondiale”, UBE, Milano.



Part 1. Background. 1. The discipline of Industrial Organization. 2. Market economy fundamentals. Foundation and limits. 3. Methodologies: the Harvard School, The Chicago School and recent approaches to industrial organization. 4. Sectors and markets. Marshall’s partial equilibrium analysis. The relevant market. The industrial districts. Industry classification schemes and statistical sources. 5. Theory of the firm. Part 2. Basic elements. 5. Alternative theories of demand. 6. Production costs. Scale economies. Part 3. Supply‐side market structure. 7. Seller concentration and the size distribution of firms. Measures, causes and consequences. 8. Entry barriers. 9. Product differentiation. Advertising. Product quality and innovation. Non‐price competition. 10. Product diversification. 11. Vertical integration. Part 4. Firms conducts 12. Competition. Contestable markets. Monopoly. Monopsony. Monopolistic competition. 13. Price policies. Price‐making firms and their strategies. 14. Oligopoly theory. Collusion. 15. Noncooperative behaviour. Kinkly demand curve. Part 5. Industrial policy. 18. Aggregate demand and productivity.

71

19. The industrial policy in Italy. The government intervention: an historical perspective (1945‐1980). 20. The crisis of productivity and economic growth (1995‐2010). 21. Recent approaches to industrial policy. Market regulation and authorities. 22. Public and private property of firms. Privatization. 23. Protectionism.

Code: 027

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring




Assessment: Written exam (60%) / Oral exam (40%)

Professors: Pozzi


Textbooks: Scognamiglio Pasini C., Economia Industriale, LUISS University Press, 2013, suggested chapters. [CSP] Carlton D.W. e Perloff J.M., Organizzazione industriale, McGraw‐Hill, 2013, suggested chapters. [CP] Chang H.J., Cattivi Samaritani. Il mito del libero mercato e l'economia mondiale, UBE, Milano, suggested chapters. [CH] Gobbo F. e Pozzi C., «Liberalizzazione e politica industriale», Economia e Politica Industriale, n. 2, 2005, Franco Angeli, Milano. Gobbo F. e Pozzi C, «Privatizzazioni: economia di mercato e falsi miti», Economia italiana, n. 3, 2007, Roma. Pozzi C., Quaglione D. e Sarra A., L’industria della carta in Italia tra globalizzazione e politiche industriali, Il Mulino, 2013, suggested chapters.


INDUSTRIAL MARKETING (8 ECTS)

1) Characteristics of BtoB markets; 2) Marketing strategy and marketing‐mix (product or service, price, distribution, promotion); 3) Customer relationship management 4) Case studies and applications related to: marketing research, strategic marketing plan, marketing‐mix.

Code: SD0

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

72

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic marketing knowledge, economics and business management, business administration; basic computer skills (word, excel, power point).

Assessment: oral examinations; team work

Professors: Gregori

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to develop both theoretical and operational knowledge regarding the business‐to‐business marketing processes. In particular, the principles, models and techniques to develop strategic plans for BtoB markets will be examined; students will get schemes and basic tools for: 1. Performing market analysis; 2. Formulating a marketing strategy; 3. Managing the marketing‐mix (product or service, price, distribution, promotion); 4. Monitoring the results of marketing efforts; 5. Managing customer relationships.

Textbooks: R. Fiocca, I. Snehota, A. Tunisini, Marketing business to business, McGraw‐Hill, Milano, 2009. Also supplementary texts will be used.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SD0/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

ITALIAN PRIVATE LAW (8 ECTS)

I. Getting Started ‐ Methodological introduction , historical and giuseconomica to private law : private law in the legal system theory ‐ Sources and form of private law II. Core concepts ‐ Subjective legal situations and mere fact considered by the law ‐ Facts and legal acts ‐ The private self‐defense ‐ The publicity of legal facts ‐ Prescription and decay III . The subjects of the legal relationship ‐ The natural person ‐ The person ' ficta ' IV . Properties , lower real rights and possession V. Bonds ‐ The sources of obligations ‐ The regulation of obligations in general ‐ The contract generally ‐ The single most important typical contracts ‐ Civil liability ( pre‐contractual , contractual and non‐contractual ) ‐ Other acts or facts sources of obligation YOU. The judicial protection of rights . VII . Family, donations and successions

Code: 674

73

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites no one

Assessment: To assess the learning of the learner and allow passing the final exam is scheduled an interview to be held according to the schedule set by the Faculty. During the interview the teacher will assess the knowledge of the subject by the student, as well as its understanding and application of the working mechanisms of private law depending on the resolution of specific issues.

Professors: Di Ciommo

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with the basics of that part of the legal system is intended to regulate relations between individuals, through the use of comparative law and economic analysis of civil law.

Textbooks: F. Di Ciommo, Manuale di diritto privato, Giappichelli Editore, Torino, 2010. E. Roppo, Manuale di diritto, Editio minor, Giappichelli Editore, Torino, 2011. Handouts for students about the case law.



Introductory notions. Juridical rule. Sources of private law. Notion of private law. Interpretation of law and analogy. General profiles of persons, family and succession law. Real rights. Possession Obligations: performance, default, obligation’s occurrences, money and solidary obligations, protection of credit and guarantees of obligation. Contracts: contract in general, conclusion and occurrences of contract, the single nominate contracts. Tort law, the other sources of obligations. Protection of rights. Real rights of guarantee, actions in defense of patrimonial guarantees, lapse of right. Consumer contracts

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none


Professors: Di Gravio

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at providing the students with those fundamental notions of private law which will be useful for their economic studies and for the professions they will decide to go in for.

Textbooks: ‐ Carleo, Martuccelli, Ruperto, Istituzioni di diritto privato, Dike, ultima edizione. Sono escluse le seguenti parti: capitoli da 1 a 4 della sezione I, parte I; §§ 8 – 12 e §§ 14 ‐18 del capitolo I, sezione II, parte I; capitoli 1 e 2 della parte III, sezione III; §§ 2 e 3 del capitolo 3, sezione II, parte IV; capitolo 4, sezione II, parte IV. della sezione III (parte V) sono escluse le seguenti parti: § 1 del capitolo 2; § 3 del capitolo 3; §§ 2 – 6 del capitolo 4; §1 del capitolo 5; capitoli

74

da 6 a 8; § 1 del capitolo 9. Sono altresì escluse le parti VI e VII. – Zatti Colussi, Lineamenti di diritto privato, Cedam, ultima edizione. Sono escluse le seguente parti: capitoli da 1 a 3; §§ da 5 a 10 del capitolo 6; capitolo 7; §§ 3 e 4 del capitolo 10; capitolo 11; capitolo 14; §§ 1 ‐2 e da 4 a 9 del capitolo 27; capitolo 28; §§ 2 ‐3 del capitolo 29; capitoli da 31 a 33; capitoli da 35 a 50; capitolo 52; capitolo 53. – Galgano, Istituzioni di diritto privato, Cedam, ultima edizione. Sono escluse le seguenti parti: capitoli da 1 a 2; §§ 2 e 4 del capitolo 7; capitolo 8; §§ da 7 a 10 del capitolo 18; capitoli da 24 a 27. – Torrente – Schlesinger, Manuale di diritto privato, Giuffrè, ultima edizione. Sono escluse le seguenti parti: capitoli da I a V; §§ 48 – 52 e §§ 57 – 60 del capitolo VII; capitoli XI e XII; §§ 145 – 146 del capitolo XIV; capitolo XV; §§ 380 – 381 del capitolo XLII; §§ 387 – 389 del capitolo XLIII; §§ 391 – 396 del capitolo XLIV; §§ 397 – 399 del capitolo XLV; capitolo XLVI; capitolo XLVII; § 423 del capitolo XLIX; cap. L; §§ da 429 a 435 del capitolo LI; capitoli LII e LIII; capitoli da LVI a LXXXI. – Autori vari: Dieci lezioni di Diritto Privato, UTET ,2006: sono obbligatorie le seguenti lezioni: la norma giuridica (n. 1); l’interpretazione della legge (n. 2); l’accertamento giudiziale del fatto (n. 8).



Introductory study. The rule of law. The sources of law. The notion of private law. The interpretation of the law and the analogy. General profiles of the human rights, family and succession law. Real estates: property, possession, real estates. Bonds: performance, breach, the events of obligation, monetary obligations and solidarity, protection of credit and obligation guarantees. Contracts: the contract in general, formation and events of the contract, the individual nominal contracts. The tort, other sources of obligations. Rights protection. The transcript, the mortgaging, patrimonial guarantee defense actions, the prescription.

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Interview with the Professor

Professors: Carleo / Martuccelli

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at providing students with the basics of private law that will be useful in economic studies and in the professions they will decide to undertake.

75

Textbooks: Consultation of the civil code and the main special laws ‐ is chosen by the student. The program encompasses the entire subject matter in the manuals of institutions of private law, except for the sections on the company and the companies, banking contracts and stock exchange, debt securities, bankruptcy and insolvency procedures, the relationship employment and the right to organize For the exam it is recommended: R. CARLEO, S. MARTUCCELLI, S. RUPERTO (a cura di), Istituzioni di diritto privato, Dike Giuridica Editrice, Roma, 2017, or, to student’s choice, one of the other texts be agreed with Professor. In addition to the manual, the student will have to study five lessons (student's choice ) taken from the text: Various Authors, Dieci lezioni introduttive a un corso di Diritto Privato, UTET, 2006.



I. Preliminary Notions ‐ Methodological, hiistorical and economic introduction to private law: private law in the theory of the legal system ‐ Legal sources II. Basic concepts ‐ Rights, duties, poker and other characterizations of legal and factual relationships ‐ Acts and facts ‐ Publicity of legal facts ‐ Limitation periods III. Actors in legal relationships ‐ Physical persons ‐ Legal persons IV . Property, Iura in rem, possession V. Obligations ‐ Sources ‐ General discipline ‐ General contract law ‐ Most important typical contracts ‐ Liability: pre‐contractual, contractual, delictual. ‐ Other sources VI. Remedies VII. Family law, gifts, law of successions.

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

76

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall

Hours of classes:


Prerequisites none

Assessment: In order to test students’ proficiency, there will be a midterm written test, which, if positively evaluated, will count up to 30%of the comprehensive grade, and a final oral exam, to be fixed according to the faculty general schedule. The exam aims to verify the overall control of the discipline by the student, as well as his/her ability to understand techniques of legal solutions as applied to social problems.

Professors: Pardolesi

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with the basic notions and principles of the discipline of private parties’ relationships, with particular attention to the law and economics approach, which will be fostered in dedicated seminars.

Textbooks: F. Di Ciommo, Manuale di diritto privato, parte I, Torino, Giappichelli, ed. 2010. V. Roppo, Diritto privato, Estratto, Torino, Giappichelli, 2010. Italian civile code, updated version.



The course of lessons will deal with the most relavant topics of the Italian private law (with some reference to the european private law), such as: general part and principles; person's rights; family law; succession law; property law; obligations and contracts; torts; civil liability of debtor and warranties.

Code: 674

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Nothing

Assessment: Oral examination. Chance for an intermediate written examination. The intermediate examination has regard to: general part of private law; family law, wills, property law. The intermediate examination will have 50% incidence on the final exam. Students, who cannot partecipate to the intermediate examination can ask to do it till the end of the next week. Students who are not satisfied for the result, could reject it.

Professors: Troiano

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to introduce Italian students to the basic knowledge of private law and give them the capacity of understanding and using properly the legal alnguage and the method of interpretation.

Textbooks: F. Di Ciommo, Manuale di diritto privato, parte I, Torino, Giappichelli, ed. 2010. V. Roppo, Diritto privato, Torino, Giappichelli, 2015. Italian civil code, version 2016.


77

MACROECONOMICS AND ECONOMIC POLICY (8 ECTS)

1) Course introduction. Overview of macroeconomic variables and data analysis. 2) Goods and financial markets: the IS‐LM model 3) Open economies: the Mundell‐Fleming model 4) The labor market 5) General economic equilibrium: the AS‐AD model 6) The natural rate of unemployment and the Phillips curve 7) Inflation, production and monetary growth 8) The long‐run: models of economic growth 9) Economic policy issues: financial and sovereign debt crisis

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics

Assessment: Written examination Grading will be based on a final written exam. The exam is based on the topics covered during the lectures and classes, the chapters of the textbooks and the supplementary readings assigned during the course

Professors: Cesaroni

Learning Outcomes: The course provides an overview of the basic principles of macroeconomics and political economic analysis. The first part of the course will be focused on the following macroeconomic issues: the determination of output, employment, unemployment, interest rates, and inflation. The second part will be devoted to the introduction of the basic models of macroeconomics, to the analysis of business cycle fluctuations and economic growth. Finally, we will look at the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policies on macroeconomic performance.

Textbooks: Blanchard, O. Giavazzi F & Ameghini A., Macroeconomics: A European Perspective 2/E, Pearson, 2013 Mankiw N.G. and M.P. Taylor, Macroeconomics, European edition, Palgrave ed. 2014

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/E/1EEL2BASE/2017


1. Introduction to macreconomics, data definition, measurement and analysis. 2. Domestic Product, the production function, the market for inputs and the long‐run equilibrium. 3. Money and Inflation 4. The Open Economy dimension 5. Economic Growth 6. Unemployment 7. Economic fluctuations, price stickiness, the aggregate demand and supply. 8. The IS‐LM model and the effects of monetary and fiscal policy 9. The Open Economy in the short‐run, the exchange‐rate regimes. 10. Aggregate Supply 11. Public Debt

78

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics, Mathematics

Assessment: 1. Problem Sets 2. Final Exam (written only)

Professors: Nisticò

Learning Outcomes: The course is an introduction to macroeconomics, which seeks an understanding of the dynamics of aggregate time series: consumption, the gross domestic product, investment spending, interest rates, the stock of money and capital. We will learn how economists answer questions like: What determines economic growth, wealth and welfare in the long‐run? Why are modern economies subject to cycles in which recessions are followed by expansions? What drives inflation and unemployment? What kinds of economic policies (monetary and/or fiscal) can be pursued in order to increase national income and reduce inflation and unemployment?

Textbooks: 1. “Macroeconomia”, by N.G. Mankiw and M.P. Taylor, V edition, Zanichelli.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/D/1EEL2BASE/2017


1. Introduction to macreconomics, data definition, measurement and analysis. 2. Domestic Product, the production function, the market for inputs and the long‐run equilibrium. 3. Money and Inflation 4. The Open Economy dimension 5. Economic Growth 6. Unemployment 7. Economic fluctuations, price stickiness, the aggregate demand and supply. 8. The IS‐LM model and the effects of monetary and fiscal policy 9. The Open Economy in the short‐run, the exchange‐rate regimes. 10. Aggregate Supply 11. Public Debt

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics, Mathematics

Assessment: 1. Problem Sets 2. Final Exam (written)

Professors: Pandimiglio

Learning Outcomes: The course is an introduction to macroeconomics, which seeks an understanding of the dynamics of aggregate time series: consumption,

79

the gross domestic product, investment spending, interest rates, the stock of money and capital. We will learn how economists answer questions like: What determines economic growth, wealth and welfare in the long‐run? Why are modern economies subject to cycles in which recessions are followed by expansions? What drives inflation and unemployment? What kinds of economic policies (monetary and/or fiscal) can be pursued in order to increase national income and reduce inflation and unemployment?

Textbooks: Mankiw, N.G, Taylor, M. P. Macroeconomia, 2015, sixth edition, ed. Zanichelli

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/B/1EEL2BASE/2017


Introduction to macroeconomics. Production and factor markets. Consumption and investment. The full employment equilibrium. Money and inflation. The open economy and the exchange rate. Theories of long‐run unemployment. Economic growth over the long run. The business cycle and the the fix price model. The open economy with fixed prices.

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Elementary notions in microeconomics and algebra.

Assessment: Control of homeworks and midterm and final written exam.

Professors: Reichlin

Learning Outcomes: The course is an introduction to macroeconomics, the discipline that tries to understand the time evolution of macroeconomic variables, such as national income, consumption, savings, investment, interest rates, money and capital. We will seek answers to the following questions. What determines economic growth? Why market economies experience recessions and expansions? What determines unemployment and inflation? Which policies (fiscal or monetary) should governments implement to stimulate economic activity, reduce unemployment and curb excessive inflation?

Textbooks: A.B. Abel, B.S. Bernanke, D. Croushore, L. Bottazzi Macroeconomia, ISEDI, 2016.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/A/1EEL2BASE/2017


Introduction‐ Defining the macroeconomics variables. The Short Run, the Medium Run and the Long Run PART I ‐The Short Run: The goods market, the financial markets and the IS‐LM model. Fiscal and monetary policies in the short run. The open economy in the short run. PART II – The Medium Run: The labour market and the natural rate of unemployment. The IS‐LM_PC model

80

PART III – The Long Run: Saving, capital accumulation and growth. The role of technological progress.

Code: AK2

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomic Principles

Assessment: Students attending the course are requested to hand in problem sets. There will be nine problem sets during the semester plus a mid‐term mock exam to solve at home in the week scheduled for the suspension of all teaching activities. Each problem set and the mock exam will be graded out of 2 points. Points will be awarded using the following scale: (a) problem set handed in and complete: 2 points; (b) problem set handed in but insufficient effort: 1 point; (c) problem set not handed in or handed in late: 0 points. The average score obtained in the problem sets and the mock exam will be added to the grade obtained in the final exam taken in either the May or June session.

Professors: Vallanti

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to provide the methodological and theoretical tools to understand how the economies work and to explain the past and current economic developments. We will focus on the stylised facts of business cycle fluctuations and economic growth, the determinants of unemployment and inflation. We will also discuss whether and to what extent policy can improve macroeconomic performance.

Textbooks: Macroeconomia. Una prospettiva europea. Blanchard, Amighini and Giavazzi, ed. 2016. Il Mulino. (The chapters from the text book will be supplemented by other reading selected by the lecturer). Esercizi di macroeconomia. Guida allo studio del testo di Olivier Blanchard di D. W. Findlay, ed. il Mulino

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AK2/C/1EEL2BASE/2017

MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

1. The Business as a system and the significance of its relation with the environment ‐ Environment conditions and Business performance ‐ External environment analysis (the competitive forces) ‐ The concept of strategic grouping ‐ The contents of the competitive environment and the instruments for Business analysis 2. The Business as a set of resources ‐ the relevant resources and the competences ‐ the strategy based on the resources 3. The firm and the institutional environment: strategic tripod ‐ Institutional based view 4. The competitive strategies ‐ the competitive advantage ‐ Le competitive strategies

81

5. The strategic planning ‐ corporate planning ‐ Business planning ‐ Planning at a functional level ‐ Business modeling 6. Organizational design and HRM ‐ Iter‐organizational relationships and networks 7. The Business functions ‐ the management of operations ‐ innovation as a strategic function ‐ marketing ‐ finance and value creation

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic concepts of Business Administration, with particular reference to the analysis of the Business performance and microeconomics with specific reference to the cost and revenue functions.

Assessment: Written Exam Team work

Professors: Brunetta

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to: deepen the main theorethical frameworks for strategic analysis with a focus on complementarieties between the different approaches; develop diagnostic and problem‐solving capabilities for strategic problems in diverse competitive environments. By the end of the course, the student will be able to provide a clear representation of strategic choices within the different business functions: including, management of operations, innovation, marketing and finance.

Textbooks: Economia e gestione delle imprese (a cura di) F. Fontana e M. Caroli: “Economia e gestione delle imprese”. McGraw‐Hill. Articoli e materiali indicati dal docente.


MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

the firm as a complex system; the competitive environment; resources and competences; competitive and cooperative strategies; strategic planning; strategic issues in marketing, finance, operations, human resources and organization; strategic management of innovation

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring


82


Prerequisites none

Assessment: written exam oral exam (facultative)

Professors: Caroli

Learning Outcomes: the course aims to explain how companies behave strategically to reach a competitive advantage. Also, to explain the strategic issues in managing the organizational functions, as marketing, finance, human resources and organization, operations

Textbooks: Caroli Fontana, Gestione delle imprese ‐ fifth edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2016


MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

‐ The external forces ‐ The internal forces ‐ Value Chain and Business Strategies ‐ Organization Theory and Structure ‐ Human Resource Management ‐ Marketing ‐ Innovation Management ‐ Operations Management ‐ Financial Management

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Economics and Business. Fundamentals of Capital Budgeting.

Assessment: Final Valuation will be based on: ‐ 1 Intermediate Teamwork Assignment (Business Case, 20%) ‐ Midterm exam (40%) ‐ final exam (40%)

Professors: Leone

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to analyse the most relevant issues and challenges faced by business managers. It aims at developing personal capabilities, skills and attitudes to understand and cope effectively with the competitive challenges in the external environment. Students will first understand the need for a strategic orientation for firm performance. The course will then deepen the understanding of how each managerial function (Organisation, Marketing, Innovation Management, Operations, and Finance)contributes to the value creation. Finally, financial evaluation methods accounting for the value of strategies are introduced and employed. At the end of the course, student will acquire the ability to integrate different dimensions of a problem and to apply both logic and judgement in analysing situations.

Textbooks: Fontana F., Caroli M.G., Economia e Gestione delle Imprese, McGrawHill (4a Edizione)


83

MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

The course focuses on principles management. As an opening course on management several crucial aspects are introduced. However, the prevailing focus will be on competitive annuluses, strategic management, and the main functional processes such as finance, production, HR.

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Economic Policy

Assessment: Written mid term (50%) and final Exam (50%) Final written exam

Professors: Marino

Learning Outcomes: The course focuses on principles management. As an opening course on management several crucial aspects are introduced. However, the prevailing focus will be on competitive annuluses, strategic management, and the main functional processes such as finance, production, HR.

Textbooks: Fontana F., Caroli M.G., (a cura di), Economia e Gestione delle Imprese, McGraw‐Hill, latest ed.


MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

1. The Business as a system and the significance of its relation with the environment ‐ Environment conditions and Business performance ‐ External environment analysis (the competitive forces) ‐ The concept of strategic grouping ‐ The contents of the competitive environment and the instruments for Business analysis 2. The Business as a set of resources ‐ the relevant resources and the competences ‐ the strategy based on the resources 3. The competitive strategies ‐ the competitive advantage ‐ Le competitive strategies 4. The strategic planning ‐ corporate planning ‐ Business planning ‐ Planning at a functional level 5. The Business functions ‐ the management of operations ‐ innovation as a strategic function ‐ marketing ‐ finance and value creation

Code: 509

Major: Core Subject

84

Course Year: 2

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic concepts of Business Administration, with particular reference to the analysis of the Business performance and microeconomics with specific reference to the cost and revenue functions.

Assessment: Oral and Written Exam

Professors: Pirolo

Learning Outcomes: Provide participants with the ability to: 1. interpret and understand the functioning of an business organization and the ways it interacts with the external environment; 2. use the instruments of analysis and elaborate the business strategy in competitive contexts and different markets; 3. evaluate the competitive position of a Business and the use of the instruments for bettering it; 4. elaborate the strategic choices linked to the principal business functions.

Textbooks: Didactic material supplied by the lecturer


MANAGEMENT CONTROL (8 ECTS)

Management accounting and management control concepts. Theory and practice.

Code: AG3

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic of accounting and financial statements


Professors: Bastia

Learning Outcomes: Provide students with the skills they need to analyze and process the tools for internal control.

Textbooks: “Sistemi di Pianificazione e Controllo” P. Bastia, ed Il Mulino, 2001

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AG3/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

MARKETING (8 ECTS)

‐ market analysis, both in B‐to‐B markets and B‐to‐C markets ‐ behavior of consumers, individuals, families and organizations ‐ marketing research ‐ marketing strategy, and thus segmentation, targeting and positioning ‐ product, brand, channel, communication and price management ‐ marketing planning processes and models ‐ marketing performance measurement ‐ digital marketing transformation ‐ sustainability, at the economic, environmental and societal level

85

Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No preliminary knowledge is needed. However, basic knowledge of statistics and management will make understanding the topics of the course easier.

Assessment: Multiple choice and essay questions + oral

Professors: Costabile

Learning Outcomes: The marketing management course focuses on the fundamentals of marketing management, and thus on models, processes, tools, and tecniques that are paramount for analysis, decision‐making and and operation management. The goal of the course is to provide students withe the basic knowledge of marketing, by providing a a multidisciplinary overview that enables to rigourously deal with market exchanges and competition. This approach is further enhanced with a detailed investigation of the analytical and quantitative tools that are necessary in today's marketing practice. After taking the course, students will be read for more advanced marketing management courses or for more general management courses

Textbooks: P. Kotler, K. Keller, F. Ancarani, M. Costabile, (2012), Marketing Management, Pearson Italia


MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Marketing management is a set of processes aimed to the creation of economic and social value for consumers, citizens, companies and organizations. The course will deal with analytic and decision processes as well as with the implementations of decisions and metrics to assess economic and market performance. Starting from the deep meaning of marketing, both as a relevant scientific discipline and as a vital activities of companies and organizations, the course will focus on analysis of marketing potential, marketing research, marketing strategies, management of the main marketing processes as well as on special topic that are particularly "hot" in today's marketing debate. In more detail, the course aimes to develop students' ability to understand: • the way in which companies analyze market demand, both in BtC and in BtB contexts; • the behavior of consumers, individuals, families and organizations; • the methods through which marketing research activities are carried out; • the process of analysis and definitions of marketing strategies (the segmentation‐targeting‐positioning trilogy); • the management of product, brands, channels, marketing communication and pricing; • the models and processes of marketing planning; • the models and toold used to measure marketing performance; • the approach and models to manage the digital revolution behind marketing management; • the idea of economic, environmental and social sustainability and the way to manage all these dimensions.

Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall

86



Prerequisites No prerequisities are mandatory. However, familiary with basic concepts of economics and statistics is certainly useful to increases absortive capacity of students and speed up the process of learning marketing theories, models, tools and techniques which will be analyzed in this course.

Assessment: The assessment method is composed of the following components: 1) final exam (individual), which accounts for 60% 2) case discussion and business report (in groups), which accounts for 40% The exam will be made up of multiple choice questions and short essays. In addition, the instructor might also give students the possibility to take a brief oral exam.

Professors: De Angelis

Learning Outcomes: The course deals with marketing management foundations, such as processes, models, tools and techniques that support analyses, decision and management of marketing activities. The objective of the course is to provide students with basic and fundamental marketing knowledge. This will be done, however, by integrating multidisciplinary concepts that allow students to have a rigorous approach to the study of marketing processes. Such a rigorous approach will be deployed through the study of the analytic and quantitative tools that qualify contemporary marketing. Therefore, the course will be particularly appealing for both those students who are interested in gaining the needed background to successfully deal with more advanced and specialized marketing courses and those students interested in specializing in business management areas other than marketing, general management included.

Textbooks: P. Kotler, K. Keller, F. Ancarani, M. Costabile, 15° edition (2017), Marketing Management, Pearson Italia


MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Marketing Management is a process aiming at creating value for consumers, firms and stakeholders. It is drawing together the analysis of the context and decision‐making, at the strategic and operational level. We are going to focus on the pillars of Marketing Management: market analysis and marketing research; marketing strategies; marketing policies; marketing planning. Topics to be addressed are: ‐ the study of markets and of consumers and organizational buying behavior; ‐ tools and methods for marketing research and marketing information systems; ‐ the development and management of customer relations; ‐ marketing strategy and the decisions concerning targeting and positioning; ‐ marketing policies and the choice of the marketing mix; ‐ marketing planning; ‐ marketing metrics; ‐ a few special topics (notably, marketing in the digital economy; marketing and sustainability).

Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

87

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisites are required

Assessment: Projects/ cases/ exercises 20%; Written exam 80%

Professors: Devetag

Learning Outcomes: This Course is about Marketing Management, and is therefore about models, processes, tools and techniques related to Marketing analysis, planning and implementation. The aim of the Course is to offer a basic knowledge platform and to focus on a few, core, topics for a better and more advanced understanding. It is designed for students that are going to pursue further their education in Marketing, but also for students that are going to move to new and different subjects in management, but are interested in getting a sound basis in Marketing.



MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Marketing Management is a process aiming at creating value for consumers, firms and stakeholders. It is drawing together the analysis of the context and decision‐making, at the strategic and operational level. We are going to focus on the pillars of Marketing Management: market analysis and marketing research; marketing strategies; marketing policies; marketing planning. Topics to be addressed are: ‐ the study of markets and of consumers and organizational buying behavior; ‐ tools and methods for marketing research and marketing information systems; ‐ the development and management of customer relations; ‐ marketing strategy and the decisions concerning targeting and positioning; ‐ marketing policies and the choice of the marketing mix; ‐ marketing planning; ‐ marketing metrics; ‐ a few special topics (notably, marketing in the digital economy; marketing and sustainability).

Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisites are required

Assessment: Group Projects 40%; Written exam mid term 30%, final 30%

Professors: Marcati

Learning Outcomes: This Course is about Marketing Management, and is therefore about models, processes, tools and techniques related to Marketing analysis, planning and implementation. The aim of the Course is to offer a basic knowledge platform and to focus on a few, core, topics for a better and more advanced understanding. It is designed for students that are going to pursue further their education in Marketing, but also for students that are going to move to new and

88

different subjects in management, but are interested in getting a sound basis in Marketing.



MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Marketing management is a set of processes aimed to the creation of economic and social value for consumers, citizens, companies and organizations. The course will deal with analytic and decision processes as well as with the implementations of decisions and metrics to assess economic and market performance. Starting from the deep meaning of marketing, both as a relevant scientific discipline and as a vital activities of companies and organizations, the course will focus on analysis of marketing potential, marketing research, marketing strategies, management of the main marketing processes as well as on special topic that are particularly "hot" in today's marketing debate. In more detail, the course aimes to develop students' ability to understand: • the way in which companies analyze market demand, both in BtC and in BtB contexts; • the behavior of consumers, individuals, families and organizations; • the methods through which marketing research activities are carried out; • the process of analysis and definitions of marketing strategies (the segmentation‐targeting‐positioning trilogy); • the management of product, brands, channels, marketing communication and pricing; • the models and processes of marketing planning; • the models and toold used to measure marketing performance; • the approach and models to manage the digital revolution behind marketing management; • the idea of economic, environmental and social sustainability and the way to manage all these dimensions.

Code: 439

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisities are mandatory. However, familiary with basic concepts of economics and statistics is certainly useful to increases absortive capacity of students and speed up the process of learning marketing theories, models, tools and techniques which will be analyzed in this course.

Assessment: The assessment method is composed of the following components: 1) final exam (individual), which accounts for 60% 2) case discussion and business report (in groups), which accounts for 40% The exam will be made up of multiple choice questions and short essays. In addition, the instructor might also give students the possibility to take a brief oral exam.

Professors: Romani

Learning Outcomes: The course deals with marketing management foundations, such as processes, models, tools and techniques that support analyses, decision and management of marketing activities. The objective of the course is to provide students with basic and fundamental marketing knowledge. This will be done, however, by integrating multidisciplinary concepts that allow students to have a rigorous approach to the study of marketing processes.

89

Such a rigorous approach will be deployed through the study of the analytic and quantitative tools that qualify contemporary marketing. Therefore, the course will be particularly appealing for both those students who are interested in gaining the needed background to successfully deal with more advanced and specialized marketing courses and those students interested in specializing in business management areas other than marketing, general management included.

Textbooks: Marketing Management, Pearson Italia


SERVICES MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Understanding the dematerialization of consumption and its impact on global economy. v Creating service products and building brand equity. v Services environment: feelings as a main driver of customer responses. v The human factor: management of human resources for service advantage. v Understanding demand and managing capacity: the psychology of waiting time. v Service pricing strategies. v The services integrated marketing communication plan. v The impact of internet on service distribution. v Customers participation in creating a service blueprint. v Customer loyalty strategies: creating actual value for the customers. v Service recovery: dealing with complaining customers.

Code: T062

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Knowledge of basic marketing concepts.

Assessment: For attending students: Teamwork: assignments, cases, essays, (40%) Individual: class participation (10%) Individual: written (re‐)examination with essay questions (50%) For non attending students: Individually written (re‐)examination with essay questions (100%)

Professors: Ivaylov Pozharliev

Learning Outcomes: The services sector plays a key role in the economy of both developed and developing countries as its contribution to the employment and GDP increases each year. The rapid growth of technology (e.g. M‐commerce, social networks, apps, artificial intelligence, and biometrics) has caused major changes in consumer behavior and lifestyles. The modern‐day consumer demands personalized offerings that can satisfy not only his functional, but also his emotional needs. Services are taking leading role in understanding and fulfilling contemporary customer demands. Companies from all sectors start to use new marketing tools, business strategies and technologies in response to the changing market environment and with the ultimate goal to satisfy the constantly increasing in complexity customers needs. This course aims to provide students with general understanding of the unique challenges inherent in today’s increasingly service‐intense and knowledge‐based economy. Students are introduced to the latest concept, strategies, and tools for innovation and management of services. The main focus in this course will

90

be on the customer experiences: co‐creation of value, building loyalty, and service recovery. Learning Objectives v Understand the key characteristics of services marketing. v Learn how to develop marketing strategies that capitalize on these key characteristics. v Apply the acquired knowledge to solve business problems related to these characteristics (e.g. customer relationship development, services recovery, and customer loyalty).

Textbooks: For attending students: J. Wirtz and C. Lovelock (2016), “Services Marketing: People, Technology, Strategy”, World Scientific Publishing, 8th Edition Selected articles from academic and business journals For non attending students: J. Wirtz and C. Lovelock (2016), “Services Marketing: People, Technology, Strategy”, World Scientific Publishing, 8th Edition Selected articles from academic and business journals


MATHEMATICS (8 ECTS)

Natural, rational, real and complex numbers. Algebraic equations. Fundamental theorem of algebra. Vecotrs and matrices: linear combinations, linear independence, dimension and basis. Determinant and characteristic. Linear systems; theorems of Cramer and of Rouché‐Capelli. Elements of analytic geometry in two and three dimensions. Topology of the line and of the n‐dimensional euclidean spaces. Functions of one and several real variables: generalities. Exponential and logarithms; circular functions (recalls of trigonometry). Sequences and limits thereof; indeterminate forms. Neper's number. Limits of functions; infinitesimals and comparing between them; asymptotes; continuous functions. Derivatives: definition, calculation and applications. Differential, Taylor's polynomial. Partial derivatives. Total differential. Maxima and minima for functions of one and several variables. Constrained optimization. Gradient. Definite and indefinite integral; calculation methodes. Improper integrals.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Elementary algebra and trigonometry. Logarithms.

Assessment: A written proof is compulsory. The corresponding mark (up to 24) can be freely confirmed. The oral proof is on demand: the final mark is then at all independent from the result of the written part.

Professors: Cacciafesta

Learning Outcomes: To supply the students a set of Mathematical tools that enable to understand and solve a numebr of problems, both theoretical and of interest for economy and management

Textbooks: Fabrizio Cacciafesta, Matematica Generale, ed. Giappichelli (second edition, 2007)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/A/1EEL2BASE/2017

91


Functions of one variable: limits, continuity, derivatives, integrals, optimization. Functions of two variables: continuity, partial derivatives, optimization. Systems of linear equations. Vectors and matrices.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic algebra, first and second degree equations and inequalities, rational equations and inequalities, first and second degree systems of equations and inequalities, equations and inequalities involving logarithms and exponentials. Elements of set thoery. Elements of logic. Elements of trigonometry. Sums.

Assessment: Students must pass a written and an oral exam, according to the rules described on the teacher's web page

Professors: Dall'Aglio

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the students with the basic tools needed in economics, management, finance and insurance. Students get also acquainted with setting up and solving mathematical problems, with the aid of many examples. By the end of the course, students must successfully tackle and solve non trivial mathematical exercises, together with some notable applied problems in economics.

Textbooks: Angelo Guerraggio, Matematica (2 ed), Pearson Italia

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/E/1EEL2BASE/2017


Numbers. The real numbers R and density of Q. Absolute value, distance between numbers, the maximum and minimum of a set, infimum and supremum of a set. Real functions. Domain, range and inverse. Graph of a real function, monotone functions (increasing or decreasing), convex or concave functions, maximum and minimum (local or global) of functions. Graphs of elementary functions: constant, linear, affine, quadratic monomial, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric functions. Algebraic operations between functions, composition of functions, piecewise defined functions. Suquences. Limits and continuity. Definition of limit, right and left limits, continuous functions. Theorems on limits. Special limits for infinite and infinitesimal. functions. Theorems on continuous functions: Weierstrass, zeros, Darboux, fixed point, injectivity and monotonicity. Differentiability. Definition of derivative, differential and tangent line; derivative of elementary functions, rules for the derivative computation, higher order derivatives. Theorems: Fermat, Lagrange, constant function, characterization of the monotonicity, characterization of the convexity, sufficient conditions for the existence of a local extreme. Bernoulli‐de L'Hopital theorem and Taylor expansion. Summation sign and examples. Sum of the terms of arithmetic and geometric progressions. Riemann sums and Riemann integrable functions. Riemann integral. The primitive function and the indefinite integral. Fundamental theorem of calculus. Integration methods for linearity, by substitution and by parts. Examples. Components of the vector space R^N, fundamental vectors. Vector operations: addition, multiplication by a scalar, their property and their graphical interpretation. Linear combination of vectors. Subspaces generated by a set of vectors. Definition of space space generated by a set of vectors. Subspaces in R^2. Applications to some financial problems. Functions of many variables. Graphic and contour lines. Partial derivatives and gradient. Second order

92

derivatives. The Hessian matrix. Extreme values theorems. Sufficient and necessary conditions of first and second order. Lagrange multipliers theorem. Examples and applications in economics.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic topics of mathematics usually conducted at secondary schools level

Assessment: The final assessment is based on a written test and and oral exam

Professors: Papi

Learning Outcomes: This course is designed to enable all students to function successfully in a number‐related world, to give students a basis to increase their mathematical knowledge. In addition the course attempts to present mathematics as an organised body of knowledge that will provide students with a sound basis for later use in economics and business applications

Textbooks: Author: Knut Sydsaeter, Peter Hammond, Arne Strøm. Title: Metodi matematici per l'analisi economica e finanziaria. Editor: Pearson

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/B/1EEL2BASE/2017


‐The real numbers ‐Functions ‐Limits ‐Continuous functions ‐Theorems on continuous functions ‐The exponential function, the logarithmic function, trigonometrical functions ‐Derivatives. Derivation rules ‐Stationary points. Maxima and minima ‐Concavity , convexity ‐Taylor polynomials ‐the integral: definition and properties ‐The fundamental theorem of calculus ‐Functions of two (or more ) variables. Differentiability.Minima and maxima ‐Constrained problems and applications ‐Vectors. Linear independence. Basis. ‐Matrices. Rank of a matrix. Square matrices.determinant and the inverse matrix. ‐Linear systems. Existence of solutions. The Rouche Capelli theorem ‐Linear systems:solution methods. Applications

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



93

Prerequisites The course will teach to the students how to build and develop a correct conceptual mathematical framework useful to describe and solve problems in economics disciplines. Prerequisites are not required.

Assessment: There is a written examination followed by an oral one.

Professors: Scarlatti

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide to the first year students in Economics the basic mathematical tools that they will need to handle a large set of applied problems in economics, finance and insurance. At the end of the course students must be able to solve standard exercises which often appear in applications. The final learning objectives are the following ones: ‐full understanding of basic mathematical reasoning and associated tools ‐correct usage of tools to solve specific simple problems

Textbooks: Course main text (G): Angelo Guerraggio "Matematica" (2009) second edition. Esercitazioni: Castellani – Gozzi “Matematica di base per l’Economia e l’Azienda – Esercizi e testi d’esame svolti”, ed. Esculapio Bologna

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/D/1EEL2BASE/2017


Natural numbers, Integers, Rationals and Reals. Vectors and Matrices. Linear systems. Topology of reals' line. Real functions. Elementary functions. Sequences. Limits. Continuous functions. Derivative. Integral. Series.

Code: AB3

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic Algebra, first and second degree equations and inequalities, trigonometry

Assessment: Oral and written exam

Professors: Staffa

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to give the mathematical instruments to solve economic and financial problems

Textbooks: Guerraggio ‐ Matematica ‐ Pearson

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB3/C/1EEL2BASE/2017

MARKETS AND STRATEGIES (8 ECTS)

The course will focus on trying to flesh out a set of complicated answers to a very simple question: “what allows certain firms to persistently earn positive economic profits, while others deliver negative returns and ultimately are forced to exit the market?” The answers will involve analysing the basic competitive structure of different types of markets, and trying to understand the ultimate determinants of a firm's profitability and of persistence of differentials in firms' profits industry‐wide. Topics covered will include:

94

• Market structure and competition • Resource based view of the firm • Sources of competitive advantage • Technological change and innovation • Business strategies in global markets • Socially oriented companies and CSR

Code: AB2

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Knowledge of English, basic knowledge of economics and general and management principles.

Assessment: ‐ Written exam 60% ‐ Team work executed during the course 40%

Professors: Devetag

Learning Outcomes: The goals of the course are: • To introduce participants to market analysis and strategic management • To show how to apply a set of tools that are useful in strategic analysis • To enhance participants’ creativity and problem solving abilities • To present companies’ best practices across a broad range of industries and settings • To improve familiarity with current challenges and issues in strategy developmentThe course will have a strongly interactive approach; students will be asked to form groups and present papers. Class discussion will follow paper presentation

Textbooks: Selected chapters from: Grant, R. (2016), Contemporary Strategy Analysis, 9th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Tidd, J. and Bessant, J. (2014) Strategic Innovation Management, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Articles and cases listed in the Extended Program

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AB2/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

METHODOLOGY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES (8 ECTS)

General Part: Criticism of induttivism . The logic of problems. Research always starts off from a nucleous of initial hypotheses. Creativity and the science. Popper‐ Hempel model. Explication and Understanding. Criticism of Psychologism. Critical Rationalism. The abuse of reason. Special part: Mandeville, Scottish Moralists and the birth of social sciences. The unintended consequences of intentional human actions. The evolutionary theory of social institutions. Evolutionism and utilitarianism. The french positivistic sociology versus political economy. The theory of the general economic equilibrium and the Austrian criticism. Austrian influence on Max Weber. Market and economic calculation. Knowledge, market and entrepreneurship. Rationality and economic develpment.

Code: 644

Major: Elective

95

Course Year: 3

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisites


Professors: Infantino

Learning Outcomes: The course points to have knowledge of the epistemological foundations of social sciences and, in particular, of economic science. All economists, who spent their intellectual energy in the ground of methodology, showed very cleary the link between methodological premises and theoretical propositions. Such a link exists even if it is not declared. Every scholar, consciously or not, uses a methodology. To cast light on this it means to face with the problems which generate a theory.

Textbooks: L. Infantino L., L’ordine senza piano, Armando, Roma, 2008 ‐ L. Infantino L., Individualismo, mercato e storia delle idee, Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli, 2008. ‐ L. Infantino, Ignoranza e libertà, Armando, Roma, 1999 (solo i capitoli 1‐2‐3). ‐ L. Infantino, Potere, Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli, 2013 (capitoli 1, 3, 4, 5).


MICROECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

Suppply and demand. Consumption, Production, Costs, Market structures, Notions of Game Theory, Risk and Information, General euilibrium, Externalities and public goods

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic notion of linear algebra and calculus

Assessment: Written examination. Attending students will also have the possibility to have a mid term exam. Moreover problem sets will be distributed to attending students, who could get 1 or 2 bonus points by solving them.

Professors: Basile

Learning Outcomes: The course will provide a simple but rigorous introduction to microeconomics.

Textbooks: D.A. Besanko – R.R. Braeutigam, Microeconomics, McGraw‐Hill

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/D/1EEL2BASE/2017


The Theory of consumer behaviour. Production theory. Markets. Game theory. Price discrimination. General economic Equilibrium (introduction).

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

96

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic algebra

Assessment: Written Exam

Professors: Di Cagno

Learning Outcomes: Aim of the course is furnishing the basic theoretical concepts related to individual choices

Textbooks: D.A. Besanko‐R.R. Braetigam, Microeconomics, McGraw‐Hill

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/B/1EEL2BASE/2017


The Theory of consumer behaviour

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic algebra

Assessment: Written Exam. There will be also a midterm exam, whose weight ‐ which will not be less than 30% anyway ‐ will be communicated at the beginning of the course.

Professors: Gianfreda

Learning Outcomes: Aim of the course is furnishing the basic theoretical concepts related to individual choices

Textbooks: D.A. Besanko‐R.R. Braetigam, Microeconomics, McGraw‐Hill

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/E/1EEL2BASE/2017


Preferences and consumers’ choice: budget constraint, utility function, indifference curves; utility maximization and individ‐ual demand functions; income effect and substitution effect; optimal choice with income ex‐pressed in form of good endow‐ments; demand elasticity; demand‐supply equilibrium Intertemporal choice: the dis‐counted utility model. Choice under uncertainty: the expected utility model; attitude towards risk. The firm and technology: produc‐tion function, marginal and aver‐age product; isoquants and iso‐costs; returns to scale; revenue curves, cost curves in short and long run: profit maximization, cost minimization, factor de‐mands. Market structure: perfect compe‐tition, monopoly and oligopoly (Bertrand, Cournot and Stackel‐berg) Introduction to game theory: simultaneous and sequential games, dominant strategies, Nash equilibrium, subgame‐perfect Nash equilibrium. General equilibrium: Edgeworth box and Pareto efficiency under different market structures, first and second welfare theorems. Externalities and public goods

97

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites The student must possess some basic notions of algebra and of calculus.

Assessment: The final exam is composed of a mid‐term test of 45 minutes, roughly covering the first half of the program and whose weight is at least the 30% of the final grade + a second test (to be held only at the first "appello"), still of 45 minutes, covering the residual part of the program. OR A final 90‐minute test covering the entire program.

Professors: Giordani

Learning Outcomes: The goal of this course is the one of providing students with the tools necessary to under stand individual consumption and production choices under different institutional setups and under both certainty and uncertainty. During the course we will analyze the functioning of the market and its allocative properties. This knowledge constitutes the basic framework necessary to continue studying economics. Moreover, it helps the student in analyzing economic phenomena in order to build up an informed and personal opinion of economic reality.

Textbooks: Varian, H. (last.ed.), Microeconomia, Cafoscarina.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/C/1EEL2BASE/2017


THEORY OF DEMAND

Consumer preferences (axiomatic approach, cardinal and ordinal utility function, indifference curves).

Utility maximization, individual utility and market demand; Comparative statics (price effects, substitution and income; normal goods, inferior goods and Giffen goods.

Demand elasticity.

Labour supply.

Intertemporal choice and financial markets.

Choice with uncertainty. Expected utility function. Risk aversion.

THEORY OF PRODUCTION

Technology: input and output; technological constraints; property and technology; returns to scale; short period and long period.

THE OBJECTIVES OF THE FIRM

The organization of the firm; profit maximization in the short period and in the long period; demand curves of factors of production.

Cost minimization in the short period and in the long period.

Firm’s cost functions; total cost, fixed costs and variable costs; average costs and marginal costs. Costs in the short period and in the long period.

98

MARKET FORMS

Perfect competition; firm’s supply under perfect competition; industry supply. Equilibrium in the short period and in the long period.

Monopoly: profit maximization; linear demand curve and monopoly; inefficiencies and net loss; natural monopolies.

Monopolistic behaviour: price discrimination; product differentiation; monopolistic competition.

Oligopoly: the choice of a strategy; quantity leadership; price leadership; the problem of the follower; Cournot duopoly; collusion.

Game theory: payoffs matrix; Nash equilibrium; mixed strategies; prisoner’s dilemma.

GENERAL ECONOMIC EQUILIBRIUM

Edgeworth box and equilibrium of pure exchange; Pareto efficiency.

General economic equilibrium with exchange and production. Welfare theorems. Externalities and public goods.

Code: T019

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites The student must possess some basic notions of algebra and of calculus.

Assessment: Prova scritta finale, che verrà svolta dopo la fine del corso, sull’intero programma. Lo svolgimento in classe delle esercitazioni è ritenuto utile ai fini della preparazione della prova scritta.

Professors: Schivardi

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide the basic concepts and tools to understand and interpret the main economic phenomena at the microeconomic level. The course is divided in three parts. The firs part discusses the issues related to the choice of consumption and production. The second part deepens the analysis of the different forms of market and of the strategic behaviour of the economic agents, with particular emphasis on the applications related to oligopolistic markets. The third part examines the issues associated with uncertainty, asymmetric information and externalities and it introduces the theory of general equilibrium.

Textbooks: D.A. Besanko – R.R. Braeutigam, Microeconomia, McGraw‐Hill (ultima edizione). Per approfondimenti si consiglia H.R. Varian, Microeconomia, Cafoscarina (ultima edizione) e A. Pandimiglio e M. Spallone, Problemi di microeconomia, Cedam (2011).

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/T019/A/1EEL2BASE/2017

MONETARY AND CREDIT ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

The course investigates the functions of money, the role played by financial intermediaries and monetary policy management and transmission in modern economies, with emphasis on comparing the actions of the FED and the ECB.

Code: A96

99

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Microeconomics and Macroeconomics, Statistics and Mathematics.

Assessment: Written mid‐term (30% of the final mark) and final written exam.

Professors: Marzioni

Learning Outcomes: Understanding the main relationships between money, credit and the economy. Institutional analysis of central banks and financial regulatory authorities

Textbooks: [1] Di Giorgio G., Lezioni di economia monetaria, Cedam, Padova, ultima edizione (in particolare i capitoli 1‐5) [2] Di Giorgio G., A. Pandimiglio e S. Nisticò, Problemi di Economia e Politica Monetaria, Cedam, Padova. Articles recommended by the teacher during lessons.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A96/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

LAW AND ECONOMICS (8 ECTS)

The first part of the course is devoted to show the basis of juridical system and the most important law’s fields of study. It wants also to focuses on basics of the theory of law (legal entity, juridical systems, system of the sources of the law and parameters of implementation and judicial review).

The first part of the course will describes also the main forms of State and forms of Government, with a particular focus on the most important institutional changes of contemporary State, such as federalizing process and international interdipendences.

The central part of the course deal with Italian legal system and Italian Constitution. More specific, this part will deal with: relationships between citizens and Public authorities; organization and functions of constitutional entities; separationof powers and the system of check and balances.

The last part of the course wants to explain the most important models of Constitutional economics and to analyze the economic rights provided for by Constitutional law and the interdipendecs between institutional entities, regulations and economic players.

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Is requested a good knowledge of the economic and legal basics.

Assessment: Written exam on the central part of the course and oral examination on the special part

Professors: Di Gaspare

Learning Outcomes: The course wants to show principles and basics concerning public law (forms of State and forms of Government) Italian Constitutionalism (the Italian Parliament, the Executive, Constitutional Powers, fundamental rights, jurisdicition) and public administration.

100

A special part of the course is devoted to an illustration of the Constitutional economic and its evolution/integration within the European Union (economic rights, public policies and Constitutional restrinctions, regulation and control of the most important economic fields)

Textbooks: Bibliography Mandatory part – F. POLITI, Diritto pubblico, IV ed., 2015, pp. 27‐56; pp. 87‐445; con esclusione delle parti del testo in corpo ridotto e note bibliografiche. – G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015, pp. 1‐141; pp. 157‐178. I seguenti argomenti con riferimento ad entrambi i testi: . pubblica amministrazione: F. POLITI, Diritto pubblico, IV ed., 2015, pp. 299‐323; G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015, pp. 60‐65, pp. 136 ‐141; pp. 301‐306; pp. 234‐238; . Spesa pubblica, debito pubblico, politica fiscale: F. POLITI, Diritto pubblico, IV ed., 2015, pp. 225‐230; G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015, pp. 167‐178; pp. 181‐186, pp. 202‐203, pp. 306‐313, pp. 417‐419. Optional Part Choose 3 on 4 of the following issues: Evoluzione Mercato comune europeo, globalizzazione, mercati finanziari: G. DI GASPARE, Diritto dell’economia e dinamiche istituzionali, 2 ed., 2015; pp. 145‐146; pp. 179‐181, pp. 205‐209, pp. 227‐229, pp. 251‐256, pp. 259‐265; ‐ Il lavoro quale fondamento della repubblica ‐ Fallimenti del mercato ‐ Esternalizzazioni

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/E/1EEL2BASE/2017


The course has two sections. The first will show the Italian Constitutional principles and the foundations of public law, having regard to the features of our national system and the ones of the business environment. The second will go deep into certain specific topics of public business law, with regard to domestic and EU legal order, taking into account the current issues (competition and market regulation, privatization, public finance, independent authority, welfare, European harmonization and globalization, monetary policy, European system of financial supervision).

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites N.A.


Professors: Lemma/Sabbatelli

101

Learning Outcomes: The main goal of this first‐year course is the knowledge of the legal terms required to approach the law studies and a basic juridical awareness aimed to understand the relationships among institutions, law and economics. There will be a systematic approach, in order to help the students to have the tools required to analyze the principles and the relationships that rule the institutions of business law, being them public or private, and international, European or domestic.

Textbooks: VV.AA., Corso di diritto pubblico dell’economia, edited by M. Pellegrini, Cedam, Padova, 2016 (selected chapters

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/B/1EEL2BASE/2017


General part: 1. Constitution and constitutionalism; 2. Civil society, Law, State; 3. The division of powers; 4. The sources of law; 5. Interpretation of Law, 6. The Legislative branch; 7. The Executive branch; 8. The Judiciary; 9. The Public administration; 10. The administrative discretion. Special section: 1. Historical profiles of the evolution of public economy: From the State as a controller to the State as a regulator. General aspects of the economic role of the public in the era of globalization ‐ Structuring federal or quasi‐federal administrative authorities. 2. The basic principles of fiscal policies reporting in the Italian Constitution and the Treaty establishing the European Community. The so called Economic Constitution. 3. The European single market. The organization and the tools for its implementation: The Four freedoms; EU competition rules and State Aid regulation. 4. Internal market and national competition law. 5. The public intervention in the economy: the model of the state owned company. The tools of public economic law at the time of Massimo Saverio Giannini and the next evolution. 6. Public utilities. Concept and traditional arrangements. The regulation of the special sectors: from national to local services. The new paradigm of universal service. 7. The phenomena: privatization, liberalization, regulatory norms. Independent administrative authorities.

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the modern history and of the history of philosophy; Italian language and literature as a tool for the study of law. Law is a discipline deeply connected to historical sciences.

Assessment: The examination will be oral and will focus on the course’s program.

Professors: Montedoro

Learning Outcomes: The course in "PUBLIC LAW ECONOMY" in the first part is similar to the traditional course based on institutional public law topics (Constitution and constitutionalism, separation of powers, sources of law, interpretation of the rules) in the second part is intended to provide a summary in order to different models which takes place through regulatory intervention in the economy. We will study the different models of public enterprise, its special arrangements as well as the events of the privatization. One of the most significant profiles, from this point of view, concerns the gradual liberalization of the first brought under the reserve public and progressively oriented towards a system regulated and increasingly competitive.

102

It will be important to understand the impact on our product system integration Community: Community freedoms, state aid and competition rules are the basic pillars of the "new economic constitution." Particular attention will be paid to the analysis of change imposed the instruments of public economic law from the current global recession and the crisis phenomena in financial markets.

Textbooks: For the general part: a manual of choice between P. CARETTI – U. DE SIERVO, Diritto costituzionale e pubblico, II edizione, Giappichelli editore, 2014; R. BIN – G. PITRUZZELLA, Diritto pubblico, XIII edizione, Giappichelli editore, 2015 or other text to be agreed with the student. For the special part: A monography chosen from G. MONTEDORO, Il giudice e l'economia, Luiss University press, Roma, 2015; M. Pellegrini (a cura di), Corso di diritto pubblico dell'economia, CEDAM, Padova, 2016.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/A/1EEL2BASE/2017


The course has two sections. The first will show the Italian Constitutional principles and the foundations of public law, having regard to the features of our national system and the ones of the business environment. The second will go deep into certain specific topics of public business law, with regard to domestic and EU legal order, taking into account the current issues (competition and market regulation, privatization, public finance, independent authority, welfare, European harmonization and globalization, monetary policy, European system of financial supervision).

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites N.A.

Assessment: oral exam

Professors: Pellegrini

Learning Outcomes: The main goals of this first‐year course are the knowledge of the legal terms required to approach the law studies and a basic juridical awareness aimed to understand the relationships among institutions, law and economics. There will be a systematic approach, in order to help the students to have the tools required to analyze the principles and the relationships that rule the institutions of business law, being them public or private, and international, European or domestic.

Textbooks: VV.AA., Corso di diritto pubblico dell’economia, edited by M. Pellegrini, Cedam, Padova, 2016 (having regard to the contents mentioned in the course)

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/D/1EEL2BASE/2017

103


the course has two sections. The first will show the Italian Constitutional principles and the foundations of public law, having regard to the features of our national system and the ones of the business environment. The second will go deep into certain specific topics of public business law, with regard to domestic and EU legal order, taking into account the current issues (competition and market regulation, privatization, public finance, independent authority, welfare, European harmonization and globalization, monetary policy, European system of financial supervision).

Code: A57

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites N.A.


Professors: Sepe

Learning Outcomes: The main goal of this first‐year course is the knowledge of the legal terms required to approach the law studies and a basic juridical awareness aimed to understand the relationships among institutions, law and economics. There will be a systematic approach, in order to help the students to have the tools required to analyze the principles and the relationships that rule the institutions of business law, being them public or private, and international, European or domestic.

Textbooks: Panizza S. e Romboli R., La Costituzione italiana, Pisa University Press, 2013 AA.VV., Corso di diritto pubblico dell’economia, a cura di M. Pellegrini, Cedam, Padova, 2016

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/A57/C/1EEL2BASE/2017

STATISTICS (8 ECTS)

Theoretical lessons: Statistical variables. Frequency distributions. Data Graphical representations. Mesures of position. Variability. Random experiment and events. Probability axioms and theorems. Conditional probability. Independence. Univariate and bivariate random variables, discrete and continue random variables. Common probability distributions. Central limit theorem. Introduction to random sampling. Point Estimation. Interval Estimation. Statistical hypothesis testing. Correlation. Simple linear regression. Practical lessons dealing with real‐world examples

Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator.

104

WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written facultative exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions. Students who resit after the first exam of the winter session must retake the exam on the full program.

Professors: Biggeri

Learning Outcomes: The main aim is to endow students with basic statistical tools for collecting and analysing univariate and bivariate data. Descriptive statistics provide methods for data explorative analysis. Probability theory provides models for phenomena which are subject to uncertainty. Statistical inference provides methods for analysing data obtained from random experiments.

Textbooks: A.C. MONTI (2008), Introduzione alla Statistica, ESI.


STATISTICS (8 ECTS)

Theoretical lessons: Statistical variables. Frequency distributions. Data Graphical representations. Mesures of position. Variability. Random experiment and events. Probability axioms and theorems. Conditional probability. Independence. Univariate and bivariate random variables, discrete and continue random variables. Common probability distributions. Central limit theorem. Introduction to random sampling. Point Estimation. Interval Estimation. Statistical hypothesis testing. Correlation. Simple linear regression. Practical lessons dealing with real‐world examples.

Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

105

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions. Students who resit after the first exam of the winter session must retake the exam on the full program.

Professors: Bini




106

STATISTICS (8 ECTS)


Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions. Students who resit after the first exam of the winter session must retake the exam on the full program.

Professors: Brunetti

Learning Outcomes: The main aim is to endow students with basic statistical tools for collecting and analysing univariate and bivariate data.

107

Descriptive statistics provide methods for data explorative analysis. Probability theory provides models for phenomena which are subject to uncertainty. Statistical inference provides methods for analysing data obtained from random experiments.



STATISTICS (8 ECTS)

Theoretical lessons: Statistical variables. Frequency distributions. Data Graphical representations. Measures of position. Variability. Random experiment and events. Probability axioms and theorems. Conditional probability. Independence. Univariate and bivariate random variables, discrete and continue random variables. Common Probability distributions. Central limit theorem. Introduction to random sampling. Point Estimation. Interval Estimation. Statistical hypothesis testing. Correlation. Simple linear regression. Practical lessons dealing with real‐world examples

Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No one

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm exam will be held in the 2‐8 November week. It consists of a written assessment and an analysis of real data using EXCEL, which will regard the topics covered so far. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only. The final grade of the exam is computed as the average of the marks obtained in the two tests. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions.

108

Students who resit after the first exam of the winter session must retake the exam on the full program.

Professors: Cubadda




STATISTICS (8 ECTS)


Code: 456

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: The final exam is a written one consisting of both theoretical and empirical questions. It is not allowed to consult books or class notes. During the exam, each candidate will be asked to show a document with a picture (preferably, the university badge). Phones, tablets, etc. should be switched off. It is then required to be endowed with a pocket calculator. WRITTEN EXAMINATION: it consists in a written test without any oral question. Students must book for the exam. At the end of the final examination, the lecturer corrects the exams and publishes the marks on the dedicated web page (normally within one week after the exam). Candidates will receive their marks by email (marks will also be displayed on the web self service). Since the publication of the results, candidates have 3 days to possibly reject the mark. Once that this period is over, the rule of “tacit consent” applies, marks are registered and candidates receive a confirmation email. The text of the exam with solutions is made available on the class website before the publication of the results. A midterm written exam will be held in the week scheduled for the intemediate tests. If the midterm exam is passed and the candidate accepts the mark, the final exam during the first session will then concern the topics covered in the second part of the course only.

109

Besides, two assignments aimed at implementing a statistical analysis of real data (to be done using EXCEL) will be due during the course: the first one to be completed by the day of the midterm written exam and the second one by the end of the course. The final grade of the exam is computed by summing up the average mark obtained in the two written exams and the average mark obtained in the two real‐data assignments, with weights equal to 80% and 20%, respectively. Students who are not satisfied with the mark of the midterm exam can resit in the regular exam sessions. Students who resit after the first exam of the winter session must retake the exam on the full program.

Professors: De Giovanni




STOCK MARKET TECHNIQUES (8 ECTS)

Structure and organization of financial markets, intermediaries and financial markets. Issue and trading mechanism on the primary and secondary markets. Bond Prices and Yields, Default risk and Bond pricing. The term structure of interest rates. Security Analysis: equity valuation models. Behavioural Finance and Technical Analysis. The Markowitz Portfolio Selection Model. Capital Market Theory. Managing Bond and Stock Portfolios. Portfolio Performance Evaluation. Option futures and other derivatives.

Code: AT3

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Elements of financial mathematics

Assessment: Student assessment will be through a: 1.Midterm test: written exam ( 50 % if there will be a positive mark) 2.Final oral exam. ( 100% or 50%)

Professors: Boido

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with the opportunity to understand the operation of financial markets and traded instruments (stocks, bonds, derivatives) so that it would enable the student to build an investment portfolio with reference to the dynamics of market variables

Textbooks: Caparrelli – Economia del Mercato Mobiliare edizioni McGraw Hill (2004) Fabrizi‐ Economia del mercato mobiliare. Edizioni Egea sesta edizione (2016). Hull : Fondamenti dei Mercati Future e delle Opzioni edizioni Pearson ( 2011) Letture consigliate:Elton‐ Gruber.Brown‐Goetzman Teorie di Portafoglio e Analisi degli investimenti ed Apoge Foreign Students

110

Bodie Kane Marcus Investments and Portfolio Management McGraW Hill Global Edition

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AT3/0/1EEL2BASE/2017

REGRESSION AND PREVISION MODELS (8 ECTS)

Linear regression model. Linear models for panel data. Discrete choice models. The method of Instrumental Variables. Time series models.

Code: T064

Major: Elective

Course Year: 3

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Linear Algebra. Basic statistics.


Professors: Storti

Learning Outcomes: Introduction to the main methods of analysis and forecasting used in business and economic and social sciences to analyze economic and financial phenomena for understanding relationships among variables and for forecasting observed outcomes. Training to the use of statistical and econometric software.

Textbooks: J.H. Stock and M.W. Watson. Introduzione all'Econometria. 4/ed. it a cura di F. Peracchi, Pearson, Milano, 2016. Other useful readings: J.M. Wooldridge. Introductory Econometrics. A Modern Approach. 5th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2013. Veerbek M. A Guide to Modern Econometrics. 4th Edition, Wiley, 2012 (Edizione italiana: “Econometria” stampata da Zanichelli).


111

COURSE PROFESSOR SEM. LANG. ECTS ADVANCED ANALITICS PER IL BUSINESS CARLEI Fall IT 4

ADVANCED ANALITICS PER IL BUSINESS CARLEI Fall IT 4

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO SARCONE Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO MUSAIO Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO INCOLLINGO Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO MUSCO Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO PINTO Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO SARCONE Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO MUSAIO Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO INCOLLINGO Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO MUSCO Fall IT 8

CONTABILITA'E BILANCIO PINTO Fall IT 8

CONTROLLO DI GESTIONE BASTIA Spring IT 8

DIRITTO BANCARIO PELLEGRINI Spring IT 8

DIRITTO COMMERCIALE DONATIVI Spring IT 8

DIRITTO COMMERCIALE MACRI' Spring IT 8

DIRITTO COMMERCIALE FARENGA Spring IT 8

DIRITTO COMMERCIALE DI BRINA Spring IT 8

DIRITTO COMMERCIALE LENER Spring IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO MARTUCCELLI Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO DI GRAVIO Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO PARDOLESI Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO TROIANO Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO DI CIOMMO Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO MARTUCCELLI Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO DI GRAVIO Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO PARDOLESI Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO TROIANO Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PRIVATO DI CIOMMO Fall IT 8

DIRITTO PUBBLICO DELL'ECONOMIA LEMMA Spring IT 8

DIRITTO PUBBLICO DELL'ECONOMIA SEPE Spring IT 8

DIRITTO PUBBLICO DELL'ECONOMIA DI GASPARE Spring IT 8

DIRITTO PUBBLICO DELL'ECONOMIA PELLEGRINI Spring IT 8

DIRITTO PUBBLICO DELL'ECONOMIA MONTEDORO Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE MUSAIO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE FIORI Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE DI DONATO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE DI LAZZARO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE IZZO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE MUSAIO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE FIORI Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE DI DONATO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE DI LAZZARO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA AZIENDALE IZZO Fall IT 8

ECONOMIA DEI MERCATI E DEGLI INTERMEDIARI FINANZIARI BOIDO Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA DEI MERCATI E DEGLI INTERMEDIARI FINANZIARI PALLINI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA DEI MERCATI E DEGLI INTERMEDIARI FINANZIARI PREVITALI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA DEI MERCATI E DEGLI INTERMEDIARI FINANZIARI COMANA Spring IT 8

BACHELOR’S DEGREE SUMMARY TABLE OF COURSES

112

ECONOMIA DEI MERCATI E DEGLI INTERMEDIARI FINANZIARI CERRI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA DIGITALE CELLINI Spring IT 4

ECONOMIA E GESTIONE DEI SERVIZI DI PUBBLICA UTILITA' DANDI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA E GESTIONE DELLE IMPRESE BRUNETTA Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA E GESTIONE DELLE IMPRESE CAROLI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA E GESTIONE DELLE IMPRESE MARINO Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA E GESTIONE DELLE IMPRESE PIROLO Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA E GESTIONE DELLE IMPRESE LEONE Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA INDUSTRIALE MONARCA Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA INDUSTRIALE CASSETTA Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA INDUSTRIALE POZZI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA INDUSTRIALE MELICIANI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA INDUSTRIALE EVANGELISTA Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA MONETARIA E CREDITIZIA MARZIONI Spring IT 8

ENERGY ECONOMICS BOLLINO Spring EN 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE BOZZI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE SPISNI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE MATTAROCCI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE ORIANI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE CAPASSO Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE BOZZI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE SPISNI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE MATTAROCCI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE ORIANI Fall IT 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE CAPASSO Fall IT 8

INFORMATICA ITALIANO Spring IT 6

INFORMATICA NALDI Spring IT 6

INFORMATICA LAURA Spring IT 6

INFORMATICA ZA Spring IT 6

INFORMATICA BERNASCHI Spring IT 6

MACROECONOMIA E POLITICA ECONOMICA VALLANTI Spring IT 8

MACROECONOMIA E POLITICA ECONOMICA REICHLIN Spring IT 8

MACROECONOMIA E POLITICA ECONOMICA PANDIMIGLIO Spring IT 8

MACROECONOMIA E POLITICA ECONOMICA CESARONI Spring IT 8

MACROECONOMIA E POLITICA ECONOMICA NISTICO' Spring IT 8

MARKETING ROMANI Fall IT 8

MARKETING DE ANGELIS Fall IT 8

MARKETING MARCATI Fall IT 8

MARKETING DEVETAG Fall IT 8

MARKETING COSTABILE Fall IT 8

MARKETING ROMANI Fall IT 8

MARKETING DE ANGELIS Fall IT 8

MARKETING MARCATI Fall IT 8

MARKETING DEVETAG Fall IT 8

MARKETING COSTABILE Fall IT 8

MARKETING INDUSTRIALE GREGORI Spring IT 8

MARKETS AND STRATEGIES DEVETAG Spring EN 8

MATEMATICA SCARLATTI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA DALL'AGLIO Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA CACCIAFESTA Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA PAPI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA STAFFA Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA SCARLATTI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA DALL'AGLIO Fall IT 8

113

MATEMATICA CACCIAFESTA Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA PAPI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA STAFFA Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA BARONE Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA SAVELLI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA OLIVIERI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA FERSINI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA MOTTURA Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA BARONE Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA SAVELLI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA OLIVIERI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA FERSINI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA MOTTURA Fall IT 8

MERCATO E DISCIPLINA DELLA CONCORRENZA PARDOLESI Spring IT 8

METODOLOGIA DELLE SCIENZE SOCIALI INFANTINO Fall IT 8

METODOLOGIA DELLE SCIENZE SOCIALI INFANTINO Fall IT 8

MICROECONOMIA BASILE Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMIA GIORDANI Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMIA GIANFREDA Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMIA DI CAGNO Spring IT 8

MICROECONOMIA SCHIVARDI Spring IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE SPAGNOLETTI Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE GIUSTINIANO Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE MOSCHERA Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE CASALINO Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE CICCHETTI Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE SPAGNOLETTI Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE GIUSTINIANO Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE MOSCHERA Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE CASALINO Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE AZIENDALE CICCHETTI Fall IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE DEI SISTEMI INFORMATIVI AZIENDALI FEDERICI Spring IT 8

ORGANIZZAZIONE E GESTIONE DELLE RISORSE UMANE GABRIELLI Spring IT 8

REGOLAMENTAZIONE FINANZIARIA E DIGITALIZZAZIONE ROCCIA Spring IT 4

REGRESSIONE E MODELLI DI PREVISIONE STORTI Spring IT 8

REVISIONE, DEONTOLOGIA E TECNICA PROFESSIONALE MECHELLI Spring IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE DE SANTIS Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE TACCONE Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE OLDANI Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE MARE' Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE MILILLO Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE DE SANTIS Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE TACCONE Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE OLDANI Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE MARE' Fall IT 8

SCIENZA DELLE FINANZE MILILLO Fall IT 8

SERVICES MARKETING POZHARLIEV Spring EN 8

STATISTICA BRUNETTI Fall IT 8

STATISTICA DE GIOVANNI Fall IT 8

STATISTICA BINI Fall IT 8

STATISTICA BIGGERI Fall IT 8

STATISTICA CUBADDA Fall IT 8

STATISTICA BRUNETTI Fall IT 8

STATISTICA DE GIOVANNI Fall IT 8

114

STATISTICA BINI Fall IT 8

STATISTICA BIGGERI Fall IT 8

STATISTICA CUBADDA Fall IT 8

STORIA DEL PENSIERO ECONOMICO DI TARANTO Spring IT 8

STORIA DELL'ECONOMIA E DELL'IMPRESA MASCOLO Spring IT 8

STORIA DELL'ECONOMIA E DELL'IMPRESA LEPORE Spring IT 8

STORIA DELL'ECONOMIA E DELL'IMPRESA FARESE Spring IT 8

STORIA DELL'ECONOMIA E DELL'IMPRESA TORTORELLA ESPOSITO

Spring IT 8

STORIA DELL'ECONOMIA E DELL'IMPRESA DI TARANTO Spring IT 8

STORIA DELL'IMPRESA E DELL'ORGANIZZ.NE AZIENDALE CASTRONOVO Spring IT 8

TECNICHE DI BORSA BOIDO Spring IT 8

115

MAJOR IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND FAMILY BUSINESS

FIRST YEAR


Dinamiche Industriali Industrial Dynamics

6

I

IT

Diritto Societario Company Law

6 I IT

Progettazione Organizzativa Organizational design

6 I IT

Matematica Finanziaria (corso progredito) Financial Mathematics (Advanced)

8 I IT

Strategie d’Impresa Business Strategies

8 I IT

Analisi Finanziaria Financial Reporting

8 II IT

Economia per il management Economics for management

6 II IT

Finanza Aziendale Avanzato Advanced Corporate Finance

6 II IT

Management delle Imprese Internazionali International Business Management

8 II IT

SECOND YEAR

Electives (2 among the followings) ECTS Sem. Language

Business Modeling and Planning

6

I

EN

Entrepreneurship and Venture Capital 6 I EN

Management and Governance of Family Firms 6 I EN

Luxury Management 6 I EN

Tourism Management 6 I EN

People and performance management 6 I IT

MASTER’S DEGREES COURSE STRUCTURE

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

116

MAJOR IN ORGANIZATION AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT

FIRST YEAR



6

I

IT


6 I IT


6 I IT


8 I IT


8 I IT

Analisi Finanziaria e misurazione della performance Financial Reporting

8 II IT

Economia del lavoro Labour Economics

6 II IT


6 II IT


8 II IT

SECOND YEAR


Comparative Corporate Governance

6

I

EN

Politiche del lavoro 6 I IT

Diritto del lavoro e relazioni industriali 6 I IT

Comportamento organizzativo 6 I IT

People Development and Total Reward 6 I IT

People and Performance Management 6 I IT

MAJOR IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT

FIRST YEAR



6

I

IT

117


6 I IT


6 I IT


8 I IT


8 I IT


8 II IT

Economia per il Management Economics for management

6 II IT


6 II IT


8 II IT

SECOND YEAR


Business modeling and planning

6

I

EN

Digital and organizational innovation 6 I EN

Digital business transformation 6 I IT

Management of innovation 6 I EN

Planning and control 6 I EN

Project management 6 I IT

INDIVIDUAL STUDY PLAN

FIRST YEAR



6

I

IT


6 I IT


6 I IT


8 I IT


8 I IT


8 II IT

118

Economia per il Management Economics for management

6 II IT


6 II IT


8 II IT

SECOND YEAR Students must choose 4 elective courses from the list below.

At the end of the I year, students enrolled in any Major are required to choose other 2 elective courses

from all majors' core programs and electives. Students choosing the individual study plan will have to

select 4 elective courses.

ELECTIVE COURSES



6

II

EN

Comparative corporate governance 6 II EN

Comportamento organizzativo 6 I IT

Digital and organizational innovation 6 II EN

Digital business transformation 6 II IT

Diritto del lavoro e relazioni industriali 6 II IT

Entrepreneurship and venture capital 6 II EN

Luxury management 6 II EN

Management and governance of family firms 6 II EN

Management of innovation 6 II EN

People and performance management 6 II IT

Planning and control 6 II EN

Politiche del lavoro 6 II IT

Project management 6 II IT

Reward management and human resources development

6 II IT

Tourism management 6 II EN

119

ADDITIONAL CREDITS

Activity ECTS

Business English

4

Traineeship 8

Other activities to gain useful work‐related skills

4

Final exam 18

120

MAJOR IN AFC ‐ AZIENDALE

FIRST YEAR


Economia finanziaria internazionale International financial economics

12

I

IT

Diritto Societario e dei Mercati Finanziari Corporate law and capital markets

6 I IT

Metodi quantitativi per l'impresa Quantitative methods for the enterprise

8 I IT

Advanced corporate finance 8 I EN

Principi contabili internazionali International Accounting Standards

6 II IT

Diritto Tribuatario dell’Impresa Business Tax Law

8 II IT

Corporate Governance and Internal Auditing 6 II IT

SECOND YEAR


Operazioni straordinarie e valutazione d'azienda Corporate transactions and business valuation

6

I

IT

Strumenti di finanziamento per le imprese Business finance tools

6 I IT

Programmazione e controllo Planning and control

8 I IT

MAJOR IN AFC ‐ PROFESSIONALE

FIRST YEAR


Economia finanziaria internazionale International financial economics

12

I

IT

Diritto Societario e dei Mercati Finanziari 6 I IT

ADMINISTRATION, FINANCE AND CONTROL

121

Corporate law and capital markets

Metodi quantitativi per l'impresa Quantitative methods for the enterprise

8 I IT

Advanced corporate finance 8 I EN

Principi contabili internazionali International Accounting Standards

6 II IT

Diritto Tribuatario dell’Impresa Business Tax Law

8 II IT

Corporate Governance and Internal Auditing 6 II IT

SECOND YEAR


Operazioni straordinarie e valutazione d'azienda Corporate transactions and business valuation

6

I

IT

Diritto delle crisi d'impresa Business insolvency law

6 I IT

Revisione aziendale, tecnica e deontologia professionale Auditing, business combinations and business ethics

8 I IT

At the end of the first year, students enrolled in any Major must choose 2 elective courses (list not yet available).

ADDITIONAL CREDITS

Activity ECTS

Business English

4

Traineeship 8


4

Final exam 18

122

MAJOR IN ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND INNOVATION

FIRST YEAR


International Economics

6

I

EN

Markets, Regulations and Law 6 I EN

Advanced marketing management 8 I EN

Financial Reporting and Performance Measurement

8 I EN

Quantitative methods for management 8 I EN

Organizational design 6 II EN

Managerial decision making 6 II EN

Corporate Strategy 8 II EN

Advanced Corporate Finance 6 II EN

SECOND YEAR



6

I

EN

Entrepreneurship and venture capital 6 I EN

Intellectual property rights 6 I EN

Management and governance of family firms 6 I EN

Management of innovation 6 I EN

Organizing innovation 6 I EN

MAJOR IN INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT

FIRST YEAR



6

I

EN




8 I EN


MANAGEMENT

123





SECOND YEAR


Comparative corporate governance

6

I

EN

International and global marketing 6 I EN

International business 6 I EN

International finance 6 I EN

International human resource management 6 I EN

International operations and supply chain 6 I EN

MAJOR IN LUXURY, FASHION AND THE CREATIVE INDUSTRIES

FIRST YEAR



6

I

EN




8 I EN






SECOND YEAR


Creative industries and business model innovation

6

I

EN

Fashion management 6 I EN

Luxury management 6 I EN

Management and governance of family firms 6 I EN

124

Retail and service experience marketing 6 I EN

Tourism management 6 I EN

INDIVIDUAL STUDY PLAN

FIRST YEAR



6

I

EN




8 I EN






SECOND YEAR Students must choose 4 elective courses from the list below.

At the end of the I year, students enrolled in any Major are required to choose other 2 elective courses

from all majors' core programs and electives. Students choosing the individual study plan will have to

select 4 elective courses.

ELECTIVE COURSES



6

II

EN

Comparative corporate governance 6 II EN

Creative industries and business model innovation

6 I EN

Entrepreneurship and venture capital 6 II EN

Fashion management 6 II EN

Intellectual property rights 6 II EN

International and global marketing 6 II EN

International business 6 II EN

International finance 6 II EN

125

International human resource management 6 II EN

International operations and supply chain 6 II EN

Luxury management 6 II EN

Management and governance of family firms 6 II EN

Management of innovation 6 II EN

Organizing innovation 6 II EN

Retail and service experience marketing 6 II EN

Tourism management 6 II EN

ADDITIONAL CREDITS

Activity ECTS

Foreign Language

4

Traineeship 8


4

Final exam 18

126

MAJOR IN MARKETING ANALYTICS & METRICS

FIRST YEAR


Economia Comportamentale e Teoria dei Consumi Behavioural Economics and Theory of Consumption

12

I

IT

Legal Issues in Marketing 6 I IT

Analisi del Comportamento di Acquisto Analysis of Purchase Behaviour

8 I IT

Research Methodology for Marketing 6 I EN

Analisi e Misurazione delle Performance di Marketing ‐ Marketing Metrics Marketing Metrics

6 II IT

Gestione del Prodotto e della Marca Product and Brand Management

8 II IT

Metodi Statistici per il Marketing Statistics for Marketing

8 II IT

Organizational Issues in Marketing and Sales 8 II EN

SECOND YEAR


Customer Intelligence e Logiche di Analisi dei Big Data Customer Intelligence And Logical Analysis Of Big Data

6

I

IT

Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 II IT

MAJOR IN MARKET RELATIONSHIPS & CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT

FIRST YEAR


Economia Comportamentale e Teoria dei Consumi

12

I

IT

MARKETING

127

Behavioural Economics and Theory of Consumption

Legal Issues in Marketing 6 I IT

Analisi del Comportamento di Acquisto Analysis of Purchase Behaviour

8 I IT


Comunicazione di marketing e linguaggi dei nuovi media Marketing Communication and Languages of New Media

6 II IT

Gestione del Prodotto e della Marca Product and Brand Management

8 II IT

Web Analytics e Marketing 8 II IT


SECOND YEAR


Retail and Service Experience Marketing

6

I

IT

Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 II IT

MAJOR IN MARKETING ANALYTICS & METRICS (IN ENGLISH)

FIRST YEAR


Behavioral Economics & Consumption Theories

12

I

EN

Legal Issues in Marketing 6 I EN

Consumer Behavior 8 I EN Research Methodology for Marketing 6 I EN Marketing Metrics 6 II EN Organizational Issues in Marketing and Sales 8 II EN

Product & Brand Management 8 II EN

Statistics for Marketing 8 II EN

SECOND YEAR


Customer Intelligence And Big Data

6

I

EN

Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 I EN

128

MAJOR IN MARKET RELATIONSHIP & CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT (IN ENGLISH)

FIRST YEAR


Behavioural Economics and Theory of Consumption

12

I

EN

Legal Issues in Marketing 6 I EN

Consumer Behavior 8 I EN


Marketing Communication and New Media 6 II EN

Product and Brand Management 8 II EN

Web Analytics e Marketing 8 II EN


SECOND YEAR


Retail and Service Experience Marketing

6

I

EN

Marketing Plan and Markstrat Simulation 6 I EN

During the second semester of the first year, students enrolled in any Major must choose 2 courses from the following list.

ELECTIVE COURSES


Marketing Territoriale Territorial Marketing

6 I IT

Digital Marketing 6 I EN

Digital Transformation 6 I EN

Competition and High‐Tech Markets 6 I EN

Experimental and behavioural economics 6 I EN

Machine learning & object driven marketing 6 I EN

Marketing big data analysis 6 I EN

Newsmaking & brand storytelling 6 I EN

Trade & go to market 6 I EN

Retail and service experience marketing 6 I EN

Customer intelligence e logiche di analisi dei big data Customer intelligence and big data

6 I IT

129

ADDITIONAL CREDITS

Activity ECTS

Language

4

Traineeship 8


4

Final exam 18

130

FIRST YEAR


Cases in business law

6

I

EN

Corporate governance 6 I EN

Financial statement analysis 8 I EN

Quantitative methods for finance 8 I EN

Advanced corporate finance 8 II EN

Asset pricing 8 II EN

International financial economics 8 II EN

M&a and investment banking 8 II EN

SECOND YEAR


Business valuation

8

I

EN

Risk management 6 I EN

Students have to choose two courses of 6 credits that will be held in the I semester of the II year. The courses have to be chosen at the end of the I year.

ELECTIVES COURSES BY AREA

General Electives ECTS Sem. Language

Financial Econometrics

6

I

EN

Corporate Restructuring and Turnaround 6 I EN

Business Planning 6 I EN

Corporate Strategy 6 I EN

Financial and Credits Derivatives 6 I EN

Financial Management ECTS Sem. Language

International Tax Planning

6

I

EN

International Corporate Finance 6 I EN

Compliance and International Auditing 6 I EN

Financial Advisory and Investment Banking ECTS Sem. Language

Structured Finance

6

I

EN

CORPORATE FINANCE

131

Advanced Cases in Business Valuation 6 I EN

ADDITIONAL CREDITS

Activity ECTS

Language

4

Traineeship 8


4

Final exam 18

132

The courses are listed in alphabetical order. Should the description of a given course not be available at the time of publication of this brochure and therefore not be included herein, it will be published on the university website in the cattedre online section, which students are accordingly advised to check from time to time.

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (6 ECTS)

Investment decision rules; financial statements analysis and key ratios with focus on net debt, cash flow and financial ratios; CAPM – How to calculate the WACC of a company; capital structure and leverage; debt: bank debt vs bonds; Equity Public Placement; Equity Private Placement; valuing firms; financial planning; M&A; derivatives; case studies and practice exercise

Code: SGP

Major: Business Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Knowledge of basics of finance and financial mathematics

Assessment: Written test (multiple choice) and oral exam

Professors: Gubitosi

Learning Outcomes: Objective of the course is to consolidate the knowledge of corporate finance with theoretical lessons, case studies and practice exercises with the aim to provide the skills required to solve and manage financial troubles.

Textbooks: Berk, De Marzo – Finanza Aziendale 1 e 2 ‐ Pearson Materiale didattico

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGP/B/19HLMBASE/2017


Step 1: Financial Methods Discounted Cash flow Cost of Capital Step 2: Other methods Market Methods Asset‐Based Methods Net Income Method Mixed Methods Economic Value Added Method Adjusted Present Value Method Step 3: Valuation of Shareholdings

MASTER’S DEGREE COURSES DESCRIPTION

133

Step 4: Valuation of Groups Step 5: Valuation of M&A and LBO operations Step 6: Valuation of Distressed firms Step 7: Valuation of Intangibles Relief from Royalties Method Multi Period Excess Earnings Method Real Option Method

Code: SGP


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Financial mathematics Accounting Fundamentals of Corporate Finance Capital Budgeting, Cost of Capital, Financial Structure Others Excel application of mathematics

Assessment: Written Test: Mandatory

Professors: Vulpiani

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide candidates with main tools to perform advanced business valuation. The lessons generally will deal with explanation of main theoretical valuation models, identification of valuation issues and analysis of possible approaches from academic/professional best practises.

Textbooks: M. Vulpiani, "Special Cases of Business Valuation", 1st edition, McGraw Hill.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGP/A/19HLMBASE/2017


ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks RISK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk 2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model 3) Alternative models of risk pricing CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC

134

2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M170


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Financial Mathematics and quantitative methods Accounting and performance measurement Basics of capital budgeting Cost of capital Financial structure Excel functions

Assessment: written test mandatory oral exam optional individual work executed during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc) optional

Professors: Oriani

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to lead the students to build operative, Excel‐based, models for capital budgeting decisions, bond and stock valuation, calculation of the cost of capital, company valuation. To reach this objective, the course will strengthen the theoretical and methodological bases of the students and present data cases to pply theories and methods to real world problems.

Textbooks: Berk J., DeMarzo P., Corporate Finance, Fourth Edition, Pearson International Education, 2017

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M170/0/LM19ABASE/2017

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE (6 ECTS) [information for the a.y. 2017‐2018 not yet available]

ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis 3) Real Options VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks ROSK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk 2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model 3) Alternative models of systematic risk CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC 2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M222

Major: Management

135

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: written test mandatory individual work executed during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc) optional

Professors: Capasso

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to help the students to build operative, Excel‐based, models for capital budgeting decisions, bond and stock valuation, calculation of the cost of capital, company valuation. To get its objective, the course will strengthen the theoretical and methodological bases of the students and present data cases to apply theories and methods to real world problems.

Textbooks: Berk J., DeMarzo P., Corporate Finance, Third Edition, Pearson 2014 International Education, 2011

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M222/C/19MLMBASE/2016


ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks RISK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk 2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC 2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M222

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Financial Mathematics and quantitative methods Accounting and performance measurement Basics of capital budgeting Cost of capital

136

Financial structure Excel functions

Assessment: written test: mandatory oral exam: optional individual work executed during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc): optional

Professors: Pasmantier / Santella

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to lead students to build operative, Excel‐based models for capital budgeting decisions, bond and stock valuation, calculation of the cost of capital, company valuation. To reach this objective, the course will strengthen the theoretical and methodological bases of the students and present data cases to apply theories and methods to real world problems.


Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M222/A/19MLMBASE/2017


ADVANCED CAPITAL BUDGETING 1) Free cash flow models 2) Sensitivity analysis VALUING BONDS AND STOCKS 1) Valuing bonds 2) Valuing stocks RISK AND THE COST OF CAPITAL 1) Capital markets and the pricing of risk 2) Applications and estimation of Capital asset pricing model CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND VALUATION 1) WACC 2) Adjusted Present Value 3) Flow to Equity 4) Business Valuation

Code: M222

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring




Assessment: Written test: mandatory; NO oral exam; individual work during the course (e.g. assignments, paper writing, etc):optional.

Professors: Torrisi

137

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to lead the students to build operative, Excel‐based, models for capital budgeting decisions, bond and stock valuation, calculation of the cost of capital, company valuation. To reach this objective, the course will strengthen the theoretical and methodological bases of the students and present data cases to apply theories and methods to real world problems.


Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M222/B/19MLMBASE/2017

ADVANCED MARKENTIG MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

The objective of this course is to provide students with knowledge and awareness of the evolution of marketing and its distribution to the main market players: consumers, supply chain, production companies. For this purpose, some marketing themes of particular importance to the development of professional skills will be examined in detail, in order to help future Managing Directors/BU leaders identify opportunities and tools available (as well as their interaction) to efficiently take advantage of marketing and improve the company altogether.

Code: M292

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of marketing management, marketing strategy, mathematics, microeconomics, statistics, communication management, business economics, enterprise economics and management.

Assessment: Attending lectures, reading the material (papers, book chapters or background notes) in advance and analyzing the business cases before the classroom schedule – individually and together with group members – are all considered basic requirements to highly benefit from the course. Group reports on case studies must be submitted before each class discussion schedule. Student evaluation is consistently based on the following different assessment areas: A. Attending students: • Individual and Classroom participation, high quality interactions (i.e. appropriate questions, relevant observations, material‐related notes, both during the lectures and the business case discussion) and individual report up to 15% of the overall student evaluation. • Group reports are evaluated and weighted up to 25% of the overall student evaluation. • Output of a final test session based on both open and multiple choice questions (closed books) ‐ weighted up to 60% of the overall student evaluation. B. Un‐Attending students: will be evaluated on a written test (weighted up to 100% of the final mark).

Professors: Mazzu'

Learning Outcomes: The key learning objectives of the Advanced Marketing Management course are:

138

• Deepand Contemporary: Strengthening of basics; New approaches/Advanced approaches; Understanding of changes, their impact and how to take advantage of them. • Omni‐channel approach: Digital and traditional integration; Practical use of key devices and tools in marketing management. • Future Managerial Leadership: Ability to understand drivers of creation and management of value in the Marketing area; Understanding of management tools to use in the future to manage a PM/BM team or Marketing areas; Understanding of integration of marketing tools through practical exercises, and applied case examples; Intensive use of advanced management decision‐making tools; International view.

Textbooks: • Kotler P., Keller K., Ancarani F., Costabile M. (2014). Marketing management (14/e), Ed. Pearson. • Kotler P., Keller K., Ancarani F., Costabile M. (2014). Marketing per Manager, Ed. Pearson. • Bendle, N. T., Farris, P., Pfeifer, P. E., & Reibstein, D. J. (2016). Marketing metrics: The manager’s guide to measuring marketing performance (Third edition), Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education.


ADVANCED MARKENTIG MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

The objective of this course is to provide students with knowledge and awareness of the evolution of marketing and its distribution to the main market players: consumers, supply chain, production companies. For this purpose, some marketing themes of particular importance to the development of professional skills will be examined in detail, in order to help future Managing Directors/BU leaders identify opportunities and tools available (as well as their interaction) to efficiently take advantage of marketing and improve the company altogether.

Code: M292

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of marketing management, marketing strategy, mathematics, microeconomics, statistics, communication management, business economics, enterprise economics and management.

Assessment: Attending lectures, reading the material (papers, book chapters or background notes) in advance and analyzing the business cases before the classroom schedule – individually and together with group members – are all considered basic requirements to highly benefit from the course. Group reports on case studies must be submitted before each class discussion schedule. Student evaluation is consistently based on the following different assessment areas: A. Attending students: • Individual and Classroom participation, high quality interactions (i.e. appropriate questions, relevant observations, material‐related notes, both during the lectures and the business case discussion) and individual report up to 15% of the overall student evaluation.

139

• Group reports are evaluated and weighted up to 25% of the overall student evaluation. • Output of a final test session based on both open and multiple choice questions (closed books) ‐ weighted up to 60% of the overall student evaluation. B. Un‐Attending students: will be evaluated on a written test (weighted up to 100% of the final mark).

Professors: Mazzu'

Learning Outcomes: The key learning objectives of the Advanced Marketing Management course are: • Deepand Contemporary: Strengthening of basics; New approaches/Advanced approaches; Understanding of changes, their impact and how to take advantage of them. • Omni‐channel approach: Digital and traditional integration; Practical use of key devices and tools in marketing management. • Future Managerial Leadership: Ability to understand drivers of creation and management of value in the Marketing area; Understanding of management tools to use in the future to manage a PM/BM team or Marketing areas; Understanding of integration of marketing tools through practical exercises, and applied case examples; Intensive use of advanced management decision‐making tools; International view.

Textbooks: • Kotler P., Keller K., Ancarani F., Costabile M. (2014). Marketing management (14/e), Ed. Pearson. • Kotler P., Keller K., Ancarani F., Costabile M. (2014). Marketing per Manager, Ed. Pearson. • Bendle, N. T., Farris, P., Pfeifer, P. E., & Reibstein, D. J. (2016). Marketing metrics: The manager’s guide to measuring marketing performance (Third edition), Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education.


ANALYSIS OF PURCHASE BEHAVIOUR (8 ECTS)

Issues in consumer behavior: processes and actions that characterize individuals in their consumer role.

Code: M158

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites no specific prerequisites

Assessment: 50% group work 50% written exam

Professors: Romani

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to analyze consumer behavior and specifically processes and actions that characterized individuals in their buying and consumption experiences. Specific contents: 1) Theoretical issues in consumer behavior;

140

2) Antecedents of buying and consuming. Internal factors (motivations, values, beliefs, experiences, etc.) and external factors (social culture, reference groups, subcultures, culture); 3) Consumer behavior and marketing & policy implications 4) “Topics of interest” proposed by the Marketing Science Institute (MSI) ‐ Research priorities 2016‐2018

Textbooks: Consumer Behavior 7e Wayne D. Hoyer, University of Texas, Austin Deborah J. MacInnis, University of Southern California Rik Pieters, Tilburg University ISBN‐13: 9781305507272 ISBN‐10: 1305507274 additional readings will be provided during the sessions.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M158/0/LM19KMA/2017

BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS & CONSUMPTION THEORIES (12 ECTS)

This course is organized in two parts. In the first part, it will be discussed the main psychological models used to study consumer behavior with an emphasis on the two‐systems theory of thought. It will be analyzed the role of cognitive and emotional processes, and their interaction in the formation of consumer choice and its anomalies. We shall present models/notions about the relationship between marketing communication consumption decisions with particular attention to the distinction between persuasive and deceptive communication. Also, it will be analyzed the psychological basis of the effects of context (on‐line and off‐line) on consumer choices.In the second part of the course we provide a thorough introduction to the microeconomic foundations of the theory of demand (consumer theory, decision theory under risk and uncertainty) and the theory of supply (market structure, im/perfect competition, pricing and marketing strategies), together with the more advanced insights from behavioral economics (rational choice “paradoxes”, probability weighting, loss aversion, behavioral biases and the like) on these matters.

Code: M155

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: 1. Final exam: 90% 2. Take‐home excercises: 10%

Professors: Bonini / Ponti

Learning Outcomes: The main purpose of the course is to frame the contribution of economic and psychological research on marketing practices, both with respect to pricing and communication policies, and how these relate to the consumers’ decisions. The main objective of the course is to enable students to critically analyze the role of the economic, cognitive and affective processes in consumption decisions, and to relate these aspects with the most popular marketing practices.

Textbooks: MODULO 1Kahneman, D. (2011). Thinking, Fast and Slow, New York: Farrar, Strauss and Giroux [trad. it.: Pensieri lenti e veloci, Milano: Mondadori, 2017]. Rumiati, R. & Bonini, N., (2010). Decisioni Manageriali. Il Mulino: Bologna. Capp. 1‐5

141

Students will be given research articles to be read and critically discussed on Wednesdays with the Teaching Assistant. MODULE 2 Varian H. R. (2014). Intermediate Microeconomics (any edition). W. W. Norton & Company. Any Intermediate Microeconomics undergraduate textbook is a good substitute.Additional readings will be distributed during the course.


ECONOMIA DEL LAVORO (6 ECTS)

The recent evolution of the dynamics and structural characteristics of the labor market; Demand and labor supply; unemployment; human capital; wage setting; Mobility; Discrimination; Immigration. Recent reforms of the Italian labor market.

Code: M271


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of microeconomics.


Professors: Lotti

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at studying the labor market from a microeconomic point of view;at analyzing the recent evolution of the dynamics and structural characteristics of the labor market, both from the point of view of demand and from the supply of labor; at understanding the recent trends in the Italian labor market, with particular reference to the recent reforms that affected it.

Textbooks: Labor economics George Borjas, McGraw‐Hill

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M271/0/19HLMHH/2017

BUSINESS PROCESSES AND SALES NETWORKS MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Not available at the time of publication

Code: M234

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Students enrolled in this course should have been previously enrolled in these courses, too: General Management, Marketing, Strategic Management, Statistics.

Assessment: 50% team work / 50% individual exam

Professors: Lanza

Learning Outcomes: The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the several facets and tenets of Sales Management. The course will deal with the strategic and

142

competitive role of sales management and personal selling. Subsequently, the course will focus on: account management; customers’ needs and expectations; sales presentation. Finally, the course will deal with sales force guide, motivation, selection, compensation and training.

Textbooks: Cron, W.L., DeCarlo, T.E. 2010. Sales Management. Concepts and cases. Wiley.


BUSINESS TAX LAW (6 ECTS)

The course is finalized to examine the corporate taxation, with specific reference to income tax (IRPEF and IRES). Furthermore, particular attention will be given to national and international tax planning. Therefore, the course will be divided in two parts. The course first part will be concern company tax system: • IRPEF taxpayers (company income holders) and IRES taxpayers; • Residence for tax purposes and the so‐called “relocation abroad”; • Company income computation rules: “derivation principle”, others general principles, tax relevant revenues and costs, IAS‐adopters company income computation rules. The second part will be concern national and international tax planning: • fiscal aspects about extraordinary corporate transactions; • national and international tax consolidation; • CFC rule; • transfer pricing; • world wide income taxation and the principle of source for non‐resident tax system: the permanent estabilishment; • Agreements for the avoidance of double taxation, specifically company and financial income; • internal and international tax avoidance.

Code: M205

Major: Administration, Finance and Control

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites No

Assessment: Oral exam (100%).

Professors: Marchetti

Learning Outcomes: The course is finalized to provide to students a thorough and a professional knowledge tax law subject, with specific reference to most relevant interest sectors for economics graduating students. Main themes that will be analyzed are company income and national and international tax planning. The course will be organized to ensure both the analysis of corporate taxation, both national tax planning (extraordinary corporate transactions, national tax consolidation regime) and international tax planning (double taxation Conventions, transfer pricing, international tax consolidation regime).

Textbooks: Francesco Tesauro, Istituzioni di diritto tributario, UTET, Ultima edizione pubblicata.


143

BUSINESS MODELING AND PLANNING (6 ECTS)

After reviewing the basic elements of business strategy, the course will examine the principal theories on the construction and implementation of a business model, analyzing in depth structure and characteristic features. Subsequently, the course will focus on the current ongoing technological revolution and its important implications for business models in terms of innovation in offerings, go to market, operating model, human resources management and stimulation for continuous innovation. Through testimonials and business games, several case studies will be analyzed and presented to students, who will have to demonstrate that they have fully understood the logic underlying the generation of value and opportunities linked to the digital transformation of the economy. Two specific studies will be devoted to the sharing economy and the phenomenon of platforms, analyzing the associated business models. To complete the course, the main business planning tools will be examined, with particular reference to business plans, the various techniques for their design and construction, and their role in the development and implementation of a business model.

Code: M064

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites

Assessment: Business game and oral exam

Professors: Iacovone

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide students with all the elements necessary for the design and development of a winning business model and its continuous innovation, in particular by providing a key to understanding the technological transformation in progress and its impact on the generation of value, in terms of change in the reference context and new opportunities. At the same time the course aims to analyze and dwell on business planning as a tool to plan and guide the implementation of a business model in line with defined objectives

Textbooks: Alexander Osterwalder e Yves Pigneur, Creare modelli di business. Un manuale pratico ed efficace per ispirare chi deve creare o innovare un modello di business, FAG 2012

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M064/0/19ILMA1/2017

COMMUNICATION STRATEGY AND ADVERTISEMENT TECHNIQUES (6 ECTS)

1) Management and Communication: Evolution of the market and the consumer; Communication in governance; Communication and organization. 2) The areas of business communication: Institutional Communication; Marketing communications; Organizational communication (notes); Reporting financial information (notes). 3) The brand management: Reputation Management; Identity, culture and corporate image; Brand and communication. 4) The communication mix ‐ instruments, systems and vehicles for business communication: • Media Relations • Advertising • Sponsorships and Events • Digital communication

144

• Media Planning • Market research • Lobbying • Code of ethics and social budget • Sustainability and Green Vision • The measurement results • The crisis communication • Social communication • The communication policy

Code: SGJ

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites


Professors: Comin

Learning Outcomes: The management of the communication is a key element in corporate governance, which is always looking for consensus and building reputation in the context in which it operates. The course addresses the issue of governance of business communication by discussing issues concerning institutional communication and marketing, including the use of the most innovative tools. The goal is to transfer skills likely to plan, manage and evaluate the processes of business communication and marketing communications considering theoretical, managerial tools and operational techniques, including through analysis of some successful case histories.

Textbooks: 1. Pastore A., Vernuccio M., “Impresa e comunicazione. Principi e strumenti per il management”, Second edition, Apogeo, 2008. 2.Optional: Author: Gianluca Comin Title: “L’impresa oltre la crisi” Editor: Marsilio, 2016 3.Optional: Author: Gianluca Comin, Donato Speroni Title: “2030. La tempesta perfett” Editor: RIZZOLI, 2012

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/SGJ/0/19PLMBASE/2017

COMPANY LAW (6 ECTS)

The regulation of the corporation and the development, with a practical and detailed approach, of the main issues related the corporate governance and the way to manage the capital

Code: SJL


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Civil Law

Assessment: Oral exam. However, the attendance to the course will be considered.

Professors: Di Amato

145

Learning Outcomes: The target of the course is to develop the main aspects of corporate law and to obtain the skill to analyze and utilize such law. In order to prepare the examination it is required: ‐ for all the subjects the full knowledge of the regulation and of the interpretation problems and of the application of such law, which will have to be reached with the study of the textbook and of the civil code, ‐ with respect to the matter analyzed during the lessons, the study of the material

Textbooks: ‐ Associazione Preite, Il diritto delle società, a cura di G. Olivieri, G. Presti e F. Vella, Il Mulino, ult. ediz.; ‐ F. Di Sabato, Diritto delle società, Giuffrè, ult. ed. ‐ Codice civile e leggi collegate

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SJL/B/19HLMBASE/2017

COMPANY LAW (6 ECTS)

Corporations: from Code of 1942 to reform law Formation of the company. The power of members to establish the rules of operation of the company. Shareholders' agreements Capital, assets and financial statements. Financing of the company. Contributions of members to the company's assets. Shares. The participation in the limited liability company. Financial instruments. Bonds. Constitution of a separate fund dedicated to specific business activities. Organizational models. Shareholders' Meeting. Decisions of members. Directors of the company. Internal and external controls. The events of the organization. Amendments to the bylaws. Right of withdrawal. Increase of the share capital. Reduction of the share capital. Dissolution and winding‐up. Conversion into another business form. Merger. Demerger. The qualifying holdings and groups.

Code: SJL


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Private law and institutions of commercial law

Assessment: Oral examination 100%

Professors: Niccolini

Learning Outcomes: The course discusses the main issues relating to corporations and it aims to develop the skills needed to interpret and analyze the law consciously. Therefore, with reference to every single argument listed below, the final exam requires a thorough knowledge of the rules and also the knowledge of the interpretative questions and application problems. This is achieved by studying the manual recommended, the Civil Code, the d.lgs. n. 58/98 and, in particular, the case law, discussed during lectures and published online.

Textbooks: ‐ Civil code updated ‐ F. Ferrara jr ‐ F. Corsi, Gli imprenditori e le società, Giuffrè,Milano, 2011.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SJL/A/19HLMBASE/2017

146

COMPANY LAW AND FINANCIAL MARKETS (6 ECTS)

• Corporations: overview • Limited liability companies (“società a responsabilità limitata”) • Joint‐stock companies (“società per azioni”) in general and listed companies in particular; Management and Control • Extraordinary financing transactions (capital increases and reductions, transformations, mergers and demergers) • Corporate groups • Ownership structures of listed companies • Public takeover bids

Code: M267


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The specialized content of the course requires and assumes that participating students are familiar with the legal institutes presented in the commercial law course and examined in greater detail during the individual lessons of the corporate law course. It is suggested that before each lesson, students read those parts of the reference texts and/or manual used to prepare for the examination in commercial law that are material to the topic of the lesson. This will enable students to participate more effectively and actively at each lesson. Students must attend at least 50% of the lessons before being allowed to take the oral examination.

Assessment: Attendance to at least 50% of the lessons is required in order to be admitted to the final oral examination.

Professors: Chiappetta / Niccolini

Learning Outcomes: The course focuses on the rules that govern the “life” of corporations, especially listed companies. It offers an in‐depth view of the different phases of organization and functioning of ccompanies, which are construed as an essential tool for the organization of financing and liability of business activity. In this perspective, the course will use the case‐study method to analyze the structure of corporate bodies in different governance systems; changes in the shareholding, organizational and financial structure; the use of corporate groups.

Textbooks: Francesco Chiappetta: “Diritto del Governo Societario – La corporate governance delle società quotate” – Fourth Edition Edizione, Cedam 2017 a n d AA.VV. “Diritto delle Società –Manuale breve”; Giuffrè last edition with reference to: ‐ Patrimonio, capitale e bilancio ‐ Le Società azionarie > Disposizioni generali. Conferimnti. Azioni > Obbligazioni. Strumenti finanziari partecipativi. Patrimoni destinati ‐ La Società a reposnsabilità limitata ‐ Partecipazioni qualificate gruppi di società ‐ Costituzione ‐ Modificazioni statutarie e recesso ‐ Trasformazione, fusione e scissione ‐ Scioglimento e liquidazione

147

Familiarity with and study of the didactic material discussed during the lessons will also be required.


COMPETITION AND HIGH‐TECH MARKETS (6 ECTS)

Basic economics of high tech markets; competition "for" the market; Schumpeterian winner‐take‐all competition; network externalities and learning effects; two‐ and multi‐sided platforms; basics of internet architecture and the evolution towards cloud computing; IP protection in cyberspace and the problem of online piracy; competition policy in high‐tech markets; main antitrust cases (Microsoft, Google, Intel, others); net neutrality, search neutrality, cloud neutrality

Code: M016

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A good understanding of industrial economics

Assessment: Intermediate written test (40% of final grade); moot court; final written exam In case the student cannot attend the intermediate test or is not satisfied with the result, the final written exam will be integrated by a short oral exam

Professors: Faella

Learning Outcomes: Teach students the most recent developments in the economics of high tech markets and the way in which new economic thinking has permeated the decisions of competition authorities in cases such as Microsoft and Google.

Textbooks: One of the handbooks on competition law and economics suggested at the beginning of the coursePapers on specific topics will be distributed during the course

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M016/0/19MLMBASE/2017

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR (8 ECTS)

Issues in consumer behavior: processes and actions that characterize individuals in their consumer role

Code: SEN

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites no specific prerequisites

Assessment: 50% individual written exam 50% team work

Professors: Romani

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to analyze consumer behavior and specifically

148

processes and actions that characterized individuals in their buying and consumption experiences. Specific contents: 1) Theoretical issues in consumer behavior; 2) Antecedents of buying and consuming. Internal factors (motivations, values, beliefs, experiences, etc.) and external factors (social culture, reference groups, subcultures, culture); 3) Consumer behavior and marketing & policy implications 4) “Topics of interest” proposed by the Marketing Science Institute (MSI) ‐ Research priorities 2016‐2018

Textbooks: Consumer Behavior 7e Wayne D. Hoyer, University of Texas, Austin Deborah J. MacInnis, University of Southern California Rik Pieters, Tilburg University ISBN‐13: 9781305507272 ISBN‐10: 1305507274 additional readings will be provided during the sessions.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SEN/0/LM19KMG/2017

CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING (6 ECTS)

Bank Loans: principles, politics and procedures Assessment of credit worthiness Bank loans practices Risk management and financing of corporate firm Introduction to Capital Markets and partecipants; fund raising and investments through Capital Markets; Debt Capital Markets issuance (bonds and other instruments), Equity Capital Markets transactions (IPO, Follows on); Derivatives Markets; the role of Capital Markets in M&A activity and processes

Code: M076

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam with both multiple choise and open quesitons

Professors: Comana

Learning Outcomes: The course is designed to develop the knowledge and understanding of Banking practices and the core activities and strategies in the fields of Retail and Corporate Banking. The course provides an in‐depth analysis of banking products and services and their application to the Retail and Corporate Sector

Textbooks: Corporate investment banking, Mario Comana, Custom Publishing, McGraw Hill 2016

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M076/0/19MLMMM/2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

The course is divided into three parts In the first part (the first two weeks), using the methodology of the analysis and discussion of case studies, we present and discuss the main issues of the course. The three case studies (Domino's,

149

Westchester and Wordcom) show that the “failure” of the governance system (or not effective governance systems) and the implementation of non‐adequate internal control systems have resulted in significant adverse effects (even to failure of the company). The second part of the course focuses on the characteristics of the corporate governance systems that will be presented in an economic and managerial perspective (not “legal”) with the aim to show that the characteristics of corporate governance system and wrong incentives could lead to incorrect behavior (and not aimed at the creation of shareholder value or the achievement of the objectives of an institution) by management. At the same time, we show that corporate governance models incorporate control mechanisms that if properly implemented can reduce these incentives. The third part of the course deals with the internal control systems that have precisely the aim of reducing the risk of such behaviors. These internal controls are put in place by management and, if implemented, can be promptly identified before they can determine their consequences. Finally, some specific compliance risks are treated. For example the risks related to offenses of Legislative Decree 231/2001. We provide indications on risk management activities and compliance risk in the banking world. With reference to the latter we deal with the money laundering.

Code: M136

Major: Economics and Business Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites

Assessment: Attending students will be evaluated on the basis of a written exam (max 23 points) and of a group work (max 10 points)

Professors: Bozzolan

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide participants with the conceptual frameworks and operational tools necessary to analyze and understand the characteristics of the corporate governance systems and in particular corporate risk management. Specifically, we focus on the relationship between the corporate governance system (and therefore the relationship between ownership and management) and the identification, analysis and control of risks that may arise from the behavior of the managers. We address such issues referring to theoretical aspects but especially through analysis of business cases, and through the intervention of managers and professionals who bring their experience as an opportunity for discussion and debate.

Textbooks: Texts and readings to be determined. Information will be provided before the start and during the first week of the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M136/0/19PLMBASE/2017

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND INTERNAL AUDITING (6 ECTS)

1. Introduction lesson_ Historical evolution of CG 2. _ Italian regulation on Corporate Governance_ The Board of Directors 3 Internal Auditing ‐ ERM and the international frameworks: CoSo Report 4. Corporate Governance code and OCSE Principles 5. The Internal Auditing ‐ the report on corporate governance and internship structures – The information for business cases 6. Agency Theory (type I, II, III)

150

7. Internal Auditing Shareholding rights 8. The relationship between CG and Compensation 9. Internal Auditing ‐ Risk Assessment 10. Penal responsibility of companies and its effect on CG 11.Internal Auditing – The internal control over financial reporting 12. Relationship between CG and Performance 13. Internal Auditing – The Internal Auditing function and international framework Internal Auditing definition International Professional practice framework 14. Testimony 15. Internal Auditing – The Internal Auditing function and international framework ‐ The nature of internal auditing activity and the organizational framework ‐ The objectives, powers and responsibilities 16. Testimony 17. Internal Auditing – IA International Standards: Risk management, control and governance 18Earnings Management 19. Internal Auditing – Internal Auditing Process 20. La Corporate Social Responsibility 21. Internal Auditing – Internal Auditing Process (A direct evidence) 22. A Testimony 23. Business cases discussion 24. Business cases discussion

Code: SMR


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Companies law


Professors: Di Donato / Scettri

Learning Outcomes: The course has the purpose of supplying advanced instruments to student in order to understand the economic implication of corporate governance and internal auditing instruments

Textbooks: A. Zattoni ‐ Corporate Governance (Egea) 2015 Documents published on website

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SMR/0/LM19ABASE/2017

CORPORATE STRATEGY (8 ECTS)

The course addresses strategic issues that managers or consultants confront at the corporate level for a multi‐business firm. For example: In what businesses and industries should the firm compete? How to address technological changes in the industry? What value chain activities should be inside/outside the firm’s boundaries? How should the firm manage alliances and M&As as well as assess their value? What is the appropriate organizational structure to use in order to implement the firm’s corporate strategy? What is the best international strategy to pursue? How do you apply both quantitative and qualitative tools to assess the effectiveness of firms’ corporate strategy?

151

Code: M295

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of management, accounting, finance, organizational design, and competitive strategy

Assessment: Assessment Method: Team: Case Analyses 20% Project 20% Individual: Walt Disney Case Quiz 10% Polls 10% Class Participation Extra Points Final Exam 40% TOTAL

Professors: Turner

Learning Outcomes: The tools learned in this course will help address some of the fundamental questions pertaining to the firm’s corporate strategy. The course activities are designed to help students think about their thinking, a process called metacognition. This, along with the set of tools and techniques learned in the course, will enable students to successfully perceive and adapt to changes in the business environment and be able to make insightful decisions and recommendations throughout their career.

Textbooks: Contemporary Strategy Analysis 9th edition, Grant (this book is not required only the coursepack)


CORPORATE STRATEGY (8 ECTS)

Corporate Strategy. Industry, resources and competitive advantage. Vertical integration and the scope of the firm. Global strategy and the multinational corporation. Diversification. Implementing corporate strategy. External growth strategy. Corporate governance. Corporate social responsibility.

Code: M295

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites basic knowledge of management, accounting, finance, organizational design and competitive strategy.

Assessment: The grade will be the result of: ‐ a written exam (60%); ‐ a work group (30%); ‐ individual contribution to case discussion (10%).

Professors: Zattoni

152

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to present and discuss theoretical frameworks and models that may be used to formulate and implement corporate‐level strategies. In particular, students will develop the competence to understand and analyze strategic decisions on: ‐ Industry, resources and competitive advantage; ‐ Scope of the firm and growth strategy; ‐ Managing multi‐business and international companies.

Textbooks: To be defined


CORPORATE STRATEGIES (8 ECTS)

Corporate Strategy fundamentals. Back to basics: Industry, Resources and competences, Managerial Innovation. Institutions based rents and Corporate Social Responsibility. Diversification strategy. Divirsified company management: horizontal strategies and interrelations. Portfolio Matrix Vertical integration. Collaboration strategy: Build or Borrow? Firm restructuring and divestment strategies. The executive compensation. Corporate Governance impact. The economic dimension of the corporate strategy. Coporate strategy evaluation. Exercises Business Presentations Business Case Simulation

Code: SY3


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Business Economics and Management, Industrial Economy, Corporate Finance

Assessment: The evaluation is composed by: ‐ Final exam grade ‐ (75%). The final exam is written (90 minutes) and mandatory. Upon successful completion of the written test the vote can be recorded, or rejected, losing the credit score. In case of unsuccesful completion credit score will be lost. ‐ Business game simulation grade (25%) Final exam grade for students not attending lectures ‐ The final exam is written (120 minutes).

Professors: Boccardelli

Learning Outcomes: Course objectives are: a) provide theoretical and conceptual instrumentation required for the understanding and the definition of the corporate strategies adopted by the firms, b) describe the critical success factors of external growth operations (M & A and alliances) and divestment, c) provide complete framework of analysis that takes into account the optimization choices in portfolio management implemented by multibusiness firms and their strategic and financial reflections, d) active participation in business game simulation.

Textbooks: Teaching materials provided by the lecturer. Fontana F., Boccardelli P., 2015, Corporate Strategy, Una prospettiva organizzativa e finanziaria per la crescita, HOEPLI Capron L., Mitchell W., Build, Borrow or Buy. Harvard Business Review Press. 2012 Reading list Fontana F., Caroli MG, 2012 Economia e Gestione delle imprese. Milano, McGraw‐Hill D. Besanko, D. Dranove, M.Shanley, 2002, Economia dell’industria e strategie d’impresa, UTET Libreria, Torino

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SY3/A/19HLMBASE/2017

153

CORPORATE STRATEGIES (8 ECTS)

Corporate Strategy fundamentals. Back to basics: Industry, Resources and competences, Managerial Innovation. Institutions based rents and Corporate Social Responsibility. Diversification strategy. Divirsified company management: horizontal strategies and interrelations. Portfolio Matrix Vertical integration. Collaboration strategy: Build or Borrow? Firm restructuring and divestment strategies. The executive compensation. Corporate Governance impact. The economic dimension of the corporate strategy. Coporate strategy evaluation. Exercises Business Presentations Business Case Simulation

Code: SY3


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Business Economics and Management, Industrial Economy, Corporate Finance

Assessment: The evaluation is composed by: ‐ Final exam grade ‐ (75%). The final exam is written (90 minutes) and mandatory. Upon successful completion of the written test the vote can be recorded, or rejected, losing the credit score. In case of unsuccesful completion credit score will be lost. ‐ Business game simulation grade (25%) Final exam grade for students not attending lectures ‐ The final exam is written (120 minutes).

Professors: Peruffo

Learning Outcomes: Course objectives are: a) provide theoretical and conceptual instrumentation required for the understanding and the definition of the corporate strategies adopted by the firms, b) describe the critical success factors of external growth operations (M & A and alliances) and divestment, c) provide complete framework of analysis that takes into account the optimization choices in portfolio management implemented by multibusiness firms and their strategic and financial reflections, d) active participation in business game simulation.

Textbooks: Teaching materials provided by the lecturer. Fontana F., Boccardelli P., 2015, Corporate Strategy, Una prospettiva organizzativa e finanziaria per la crescita, HOEPLI

154

Capron L., Mitchell W., Build, Borrow or Buy. Harvard Business Review Press. 2012 Reading list Fontana F., Caroli MG, 2012 Economia e Gestione delle imprese. Milano, McGraw‐Hill D. Besanko, D. Dranove, M.Shanley, 2002, Economia dell’industria e strategie d’impresa, UTET Libreria, Torino

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SY3/B/19HLMBASE/2017

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE AND BIG DATA (6 ECTS)

1. Motivation for this course: What is the anlytics edge? (i.e. why data analysis) 2. A basic toolkit for analytics: 8. Linear regression 9. Linear classifiers (logistic regression) 10. Computational complexity and why it is important 11. Clustering 12. Text analytics 13. Trees 14. Linear programming

Code: M203

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic mathematical knowledge (high school level) and bachelor‐level knowledge of calculus and probability

Assessment: Homeworks; Midterms (written exam and exercises with R in front of a computer), plus a final project

Professors: Panconesi

Learning Outcomes: The goal of the course is to give an introduction to the main algorithmic toolkit for data analysis and mining

Textbooks: The Analytics Edge, by Bertsimas, O’Hair, and Pulleyblank. Dynamic ideas, publisher

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M203/0/LM19KMK/2017

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE AND LOGICAL ANALYSIS OF BIG DATA (6 ECTS)

The course focuses on the main algorithmic tools and quantitative methods for (big) data analytics in customer intelligence. In particular, the course will cover the following topics: ‐ Linear and logistic regression ‐ Clustering

155

‐ Linear and integer optimization ‐ Reccomendation systems ‐ Text analytics and sentiment analysis.

Code: M162

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisites. A basic knowledge of statistics is strongly suggested.

Assessment: Competences will be assessed via an oral exam.

Professors: Italiano / Laura

Learning Outcomes: Nowadays, many companies collect huge quantities of customer data, which is becoming a key asset for their strategies. The main objective of this course is to introduce students to the notion of customer intelligence, by providing a basic toolkit of algorithmic and quantitative methods that are able to analyze and extract value from (customer) data. The course aims at introducing (some of) the main algorithmic innovations at a basic level while still trying to remain rigorous. A significant part of the course will be devoted to using these tools to solve a variety of real‐life problems.

Textbooks: Lecture notes and course material will be made available, preferably on the elearning platform.


DIGITAL MARKETING (6 ECTS)

‐ Brand management ‐ The marketing mix evolution ‐ The new digital ecosystem ‐ Web & Mobile sites management ‐ Social Networks ‐ Influencers ‐ User Generated Contents ‐ Search Marketing ‐ Digital CBM & Big Data Management ‐ Data Management Platforms ‐ Digital advertising campaigns ‐ Metrics and Attribution Model ‐ eCommerce ‐ Artificial intelligence and CRM: the use of Bot ‐ Proximity marketing

Code: M017

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall

156



Prerequisites Principles of Marketing / Marketing basic course

Assessment: ‐ Work in groups and classroom presentations ‐ Interactive sessions to check main concepts ‐ Intermediate written test ‐ Written exam

Professors: Ibarra

Learning Outcomes: ‐ Understanding marketing evolution and the new ecosystem ‐ Understanding the new customers (Digital Natives & Millennials) ‐ Understanding the new digital brand touch points ‐ Understanding how to manage digital channels ‐ The new frontier of mobile/multiscreen marketing

Textbooks: ‐ Marketing Management (Kotler, Keller, Ancarani, Costabile) ‐ The new digital age (Schmidt, Cohen) ‐ Likeable Business (Kerpen) ‐ Don't make me think (Krug) ‐ Digital Marketing (Ryan, Jones) ‐ Digital Marketing (Kaufman, Horton) ‐ Digital Marketing (Alan Charlesworth) ‐ How to measure digital marketing (Laurent Flores) ‐ Big Data (Bernard Marr) ‐ Dataclysm (Christian Rudder) ‐ Predictive Analytics, Data Mining and Big Data (Steven Finlay) ‐ A social strategy (Mikolaj Jan Piskorski) ‐ Digital Wars (Arthur) ‐ Big Bang Disruption (Nunes) ‐ Digital Marketing Analytics (Heman, Burbary) ‐ Big Data (Schonberger) ‐ Personalized Digital Advertising (Nesamoney)


DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION (6 ECTS)

The course consists of two intertwined parts that unfolds in parallel: ‐ Emerging topics in digital innovation: digital platforms, peer production, cloud computing, blockchain, big data, social media, global infrastructures, cyberthreats and cybersecurity ‐ Toolbox for leading organizational change and business transformation: approaches, theories and methods for the analysis of complex socio‐technical systems and the design of user centered solutions

Code: M233

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Students are expected to have basic knowledge of the topics addressed in the Organization Theory and IT Fundamentals courses.

Assessment: Oral exam 50% ‐ Individual contribution to the group activities

157

Team work executed during the course 50% ‐ wiki development ‐ presentations and group memo NOTES: 1) Final Exam. The final exam can be either a written exam (essay questions) or the oral discussion on the individual contribution to the project work. Students need to read the text book, cases, and class notes in order to do well in the exam. 2) Group Project/Team presentation. Interactive sessions will take place in some of the classes according with a calendar that will be shared at the beginning of the course. In these sessions teams are required to read the assigned papers in order to introduce the assigned contents in a 20‐minute presentation. In addition to group presentation, groups must submit a one page memo with at least three questions/comments on the paper that will be presented by other groups. Such memos must be uploaded on the e‐learning platform one day before the class and will be used for stimulating the discussion. Detailed instructions on the interactive sessions will be provided during the course.

Professors: Spagnoletti

Learning Outcomes: Digital tools and platforms can transform organizations, support new institutional forms, shape the environment and trigger the emergence of new organizational routines and practices. This course provides students with design thinking and practical knowledge on digital transformation. Students will learn how to exploit the potential of digital technologies and how to manage threats emerging in the virtual environment. Approaches and methods for making sense of digital innovation and leading the transformation toward new organizational forms will be illustrated through cases and practical examples.

Textbooks: Selected readings provided by the instructors. Main references: Yin, R. K. (2009). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (p. 219). Sage Publications Benkler, Yochai (2006). The wealth of networks : how social production transforms markets and freedom /. Yale University Press,. Ciborra, Claudio (1993). Teams, Markets, and Systems: Business Innovation and Information Technology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Ciborra, Claudio et al. (2000). From Control to Drift: The Dynamics of Corporate Information Infrastructures (p. 246). Oxford, Oxford University Press. Simon, H.: The Sciences of the Artificial. MIT Press (1996). Mumford, E. (2003). Redesigning human systems. IGI Global.


158

DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND SPENDING REVIEW (6 ECTS)

The working of the digital economy; the economic effects of the digital economy on the industrial sector, the potential Gdp growth of the Oecd countries, the economic effects on monopoly, competition and antitrust economics; the drawbacks on the systems of taxation; the reasons and the basic economics of the spending review

Code: M139


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall





Professors: Mare’

Learning Outcomes: To provide the core of the economics of the digital economy, the economics and reasons of the spending review.

Textbooks: Slides and papers that will be provided during the lectures


ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF ENERGY BUSINESS (6 ECTS)

The course will explore economic theory and empirical perspectives related to energy. It will focus on aspects of local, national, and global markets for oil, natural gas, coal, electricity, nuclear power, and renewable energy examining and comparing the economics of various energy sources. It will analyze how energy markets characteristics affect economic efficiency goals, will discuss approaches to evaluating the welfare effects and policies that can be used to address market failures, including taxation, price regulation and deregulation, energy efficiency, and control of emissions.

Code: SGF

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites It is assumed that all students have knowledge of basic micro‐economic principles.

Assessment: Students will be assessed based on: ‐ A final written test ‐ A group project to be presented and discussed, prepared on a subject agreed with the teacher

Professors: Mori

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at introducing students to current understanding and analysis of basic economic and business concepts that underlie energy all throughout its value chain, from production to end use. Students should be enabled to understand how local, regional, and global institutions affect energy markets and prices, become familiar with contemporary public policy issues related to energy globally, comprehend concepts fundamental to the economics of natural resources, apply this knowledge to analysis of specific energy industries and policy questions. Students should eventually be able to undertake their own informed analysis of energy issues, bringing out the strategic issues involved.

159

Textbooks: There is no assigned textbook for the course. Lectures will be supported by presentations to be handed out before each class. Texts of relevance to the course include: ‐ Varian H R, Intermediate Microeconomics: A Modern Approach, Fifth Edition, W. W. Norton, New York, 1999 ‐ Kirschen D, Strbac G, Fundamentals of Power System Economics, John Wiley & Sons, 2004 ‐ Stiglitz J E, Economics of the Public Sector , W.W.Norton, (Re‐printed 1988, 2000) ‐ Stoft S, Power System Economics: Designing Markets for Electricity, Wiley, 2002 ‐ Pearce D W, Turner R K, Economics of Natural Resources and the Environment, Johns Hopkins Univ Pr (December 1989) Further reading material will be indicated during the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGF/0/19MLMBASE/2017

MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL ENTERPRISES (8 ECTS)

‐ Globalization: scenarios and trends ‐ The process of internationalization of businesses: theory and methods ‐ The mode of entry into foreign markets ‐ Policies to support the internationalization of SMEs ‐ The management of human resources in international businesses ‐ The relationship between parent and subsidiaries of international businesses ‐ The management of international operations in international businesses ‐ Localization choices ‐ International marketing (strategic and operational) ‐ Finance ‐ Management of international research and development

Code: M270


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites nothing

Assessment: written exam and facultative oral exam

Professors: Caroli

Learning Outcomes: The International Business course aims to analyzing the strategies, the organization, and the performance of companies active in the global competition. The course differs from atraditional Management class since the focus is on issues concerning the development and management of a value chain on an international basis. Ultimate goal of the course is to make students able to: ‐ Critically analyze the problems of global competition ‐ Develop capacity for analysis, design and implementation for the international growth of an organization ‐ Understand the pros and cons of the different modes of internationalization ‐ Be more aware of how to work in an internationalized organization

Textbooks: Caroli, M., Gestione delle imprese internazionali, third edition, McGraw Hill

160

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M270/A/19HLMBASE/2017

MANAGEMENT OF INTERNATIONAL ENTERPRISES (8 ECTS)

The internationalization process of the firm Strategies and organization models for the international growth Key matters in the international business management

Code: M270


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: An individual work during the course, a written test and oral exam after the course

Professors: Resciniti

Learning Outcomes: The International Management course aims to analyzing the strategies, the organization, and the performance of companies active in the global competition. The course differs from a traditional Management class since the focus is on issues concerning the development and management of a value chain on an international basis. Ultimate goal of the course is to make students able to understand: ‐ global competition issues ‐ the planning and implementation of international strategies ‐ the criteria of choice of the internationalization models ‐ the skills for working in international companies

Textbooks: Caroli M., Gestione delle imprese internazionali, McGraw Hill, III edizione, 2016

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M270/B/19HLMBASE/2017

ECONOMICS FOR MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

The course is organized around three major subjects: 1) the nature and specificity of economic organization; 2) the problem of coordination (information, contracts, incentives); 3) organizational design and structure.

Code: M272


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None.

Assessment: Written examination. Attenting students can take a mid‐term exam.

Professors: Marengo

161

Learning Outcomes: The course introduces in a simple but rigorous way the basic notions of managerial economics, focussing especially on the economics of organization.

Textbooks: Milgrom, P. e Roberts, J., Economia, Organizzazione e Management Vol.1, Il Mulino, Bologna, 2017.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M272/A/19HLMHI/2017

ECONOMICS FOR MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

The whole course revolves around three themes: a) the specificity of economic organization; b) coordination problems, contract theory, incentive structure and the economics of information; c) organizational design and firm structure.

Code: M272


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Intermediate Microeconomics and an elementary knowledge of industrial economics, contract theory and game theory.


Professors: Pasquali

Learning Outcomes: This course aims at introducing in a simple though rigorous way the core notions of managerial economics.

Textbooks: Our textbook will be: Milgrom, P. e Roberts, J., \emph{Economia, Organizzazione e Management} Vol.1, Il Mulino, Bologna, 2017.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M272/B/19HLMHI/2017

EXTRAORDINARY FINANCIAL OPERATIONS (6 ECTS)

Advanced Corporate Finance ‐ Financial market structure ‐ Structure of capital and control systems ‐ Corporate Governance ‐ Exchange control operations ‐ Capital Markets operations – LBO ‐ M&A ‐ Private Equity ‐ Corporate Restructuring and Crisis ‐ Financial Crisis and its management

Code: 689

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites


Professors: Pansa

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to develop the skills necessary to understand and manage a corporate financial transactions. The content of the course will focus on the following topics: business groups, business restructuring, Mergers and Acquisitions, equity offerings and leveraged buyout operations.

Textbooks:

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/689/0/19PLMBASE/2017

162

FASHION MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Fashion and Luxury successful brands stand for many different things in the minds of customers and they all succeed in generating consumer interest, advocacy, even passion and, above all, value for the companies. This course focuses on strategic and creative management of Brand, Retail, Customer Experience: 3 related essential and strategic tools in the luxury/fashion business. BRAND Brand as the most tangible of intangible assets: in the Luxury/Fashion Business they share between 30 to 80% of the total Company value. Where is the value? Which are the main contributing factors in the Brand valuation? How to maintain and increase the value of this fundamental asset? Brand values as the Company commandments. The Brand Identity Model. RETAIL Retail strategy: different options for different objectives. An overview of different retail models in the luxury/Fashion market. Retail Management, Retailing indices. Retail as a communication tool. Retail innovation. CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE Customer Experience Management (beyond customer satisfaction): From Traditional Marketing to Experiential Marketing, Emotion as main human behavioral driver. Measuring the Customer Experience: the Customer Experience Audit (providing outdoor training and activities). Building the Customer Experience in all the touch‐points Brand/Customer. How to build and manage it related to Fashion Companies, Maintain and enhance the Customer Experience through Benchmarking the Customer Experience with the “Out of the Box approach” to maintain an always innovative and surprising Customer Experience. THE FASHION MARKET The Fashion Pipeline Fashion seasons and turnover TRENDS: how trends start Style: creativity and inspiration as fundamental elements in the fashion business FASHION COMPANIES ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTIONS: who does what in a fashion company. COMMUNICATION: from the product oriented to the lifestyle oriented communication in the Fashion/Luxury industry. The role of DIGITAL REVOLUTION in the Fashion/Luxury industry: impact on Retail, Communication, Customer Experience. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR: why people buy things they don’t need? SUSTAINABILITY and CSR in the Fashion business. CASE HISTORIES, Conferences form Top Manager leader Fashion Companies are planned during our course

Code: SDS

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A basilar business management and mktg knowledge is needed. The syllabus in fact will not cover some basic analytics, marketing and financial issues as these topics are covered in more depth in other classes and are taken for granted. Students are expected to attend class sessions (absolutely mandatory), participate actively, complete assignments, and follow the honor code.

Assessment: Grade will be determined by the following: Team Work Assignment 40% Outdoor Activities, class and case participation 10%

163

Final Exam (written) 50% PLEASE CONSIDER THAT ONLY THOSE WHO HAVE REGULARLY ATTENDED THE LESSONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE EXAMS.

Professors: Fei

Learning Outcomes: The Objectives of the course will aim to give our students: • the skills to identify, understand and manage the main tools to drive a fashion business in an innovative way • the knowledge and capacity to understand the actual dynamics of fashion enterprises • the capacity to understand priorities so as to be able to manage the business with a “systemic” approach between Brand, Retail, Organization and Customer Experience Strategy • Independent thinking: being able to think out of the box, recognize innovation and avoid a silo‐mentality approach • Communication skills: learning how to recognize brand values and communicate them with coherence and effectiveness

Textbooks: LESSONS SLIDES and MANDATORY BOOK Stefania Saviolo Erica Corbellini Managing Fashion and Luxury Companies ETAS ©2009 Other Suggested Books (if you really loved the matter here’s a way to deepen it): Bernd Schmitt Customer Experience Management New York Free Press ©2003 Mark Tungate Fashion Brands: branding style from Armani to Zara KOGAN PAGE © 2005‐2008 Tony Hines Margaret Bruce Fashion Marketing ELSEVIER LTD © 2007 G. Zaltman How Customers Think: Essential Insights into the Mind of the Market Harvard Business Press ©2003 Shaun Smith Managing The Customer Experience Turning customers into advocates FT Prentice Hall ©2002 Harriet Posner Marketing Fashion ‐Strategy, Branding and Promotion‐ Laurence King Publishing ©2015

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SDS/0/19MLMMM/2017

FINANCIAL REPORTING (8 ECTS)

course intro and brief recap of principal Accounting topics

Code: M269


164

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites advanced Accounting knowledge

Assessment: written test

Professors: Di Lazzaro

Learning Outcomes: The course is focalized on methods and instruments of business analysis, with particular focus on economic and financial performance measurements and value analysis

Textbooks: Di Lazzaro Musco, Analisi Aziendale, Giappichelli, 2015


FINANCIAL REPORTING (8 ECTS)

Presentation and analysis of the financial statements contained in the annual report. Analysis of the operating and financial performance of the firm.

Code: M269


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Good knowledge of the accounting process and of the accounts records deriving from transactions.

Assessment: Written exam. No technollogical devices are allowed ‐ only the calculator is permitted

Professors: Magnanelli

Learning Outcomes: Learn and understand the tools and the methodologies to analyse the performance of the firm, with particular focus on the economic and financial equilibrium.

Textbooks: Analisi Aziendale. F. Di Lazzaro, G. Musco, Giappichelli 2015


FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (ADVANCED) (8 ECTS)

1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications;2. Portfolio Models;3. Immunization strategies;4. Actuarial technique of life insurance and supplementary pension.

Code: SE4


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Mathematics and Financial mathematics

Assessment: Individual computer‐based exam and individual oral exam.

Professors: Fersini

165

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to give the basic quantitative tools for the analysis and solution of optimization problems, the understanding of bond markets, the selection of stock portfolios, the valuation and management of insurance coverage, and the measurement and management of risks.

Textbooks: PITACCO ‐ Elementi di Matematica delle Assicurazioni (Ed. Lint ‐ Trieste); BORTOT, MAGNANI, OLIVIERI, ROSSI E TORRIGIANI ‐ Matematica Finanziaria (Monduzzi Editore ‐ II ed. ‐ 1998); Notes provided by the instructor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SE4/B/19HLMBASE/2017

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS (ADVANCED) (8 ECTS)

1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications;2. Portfolio Models;3. Immunization strategies; 4. Actuarial technique of life insurance and supplementary pension.

Code: SE4


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No requirements

Assessment: Individual computer‐based exam and individual oral exam.The course also provides for a mid term exam described in the "exam rules" that will be published on the professor's on‐line page.

Professors: Olivieri

Learning Outcomes: This course aims to give the basic quantitative tools for the analysis and solution of optimization problems, the understanding of bond markets, the selection of stock portfolios, the valuation and management of insurance coverage, and the measurement and management of risks

Textbooks: PITACCO ‐ Elementi di Matematica delle Assicurazioni (Ed. Lint ‐ Trieste); BORTOT, MAGNANI, OLIVIERI, ROSSI E TORRIGIANI ‐ Matematica Finanziaria (Monduzzi Editore ‐ II ed. ‐ 1998); Notes provided by the instructor

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SE4/A/19HLMBASE/2017

FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT (8 ECTS)

The course is characterized by two main parts: financial statement analysis and non‐accounting measures of performance (e.g. economic profit and residual income). ‐ The "financial statement analysis" part is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance, and the interpretation of financial information. ‐ The "non‐accounting measures of performance" (e.g. economic profit and residual income) is based on the calculation of the firm value.

Code: M291

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall

166



Prerequisites Students are request to know the basics of financial accounting.

Assessment: Attending students are evaluated on the basis of 33 points: ‐ 20 points assigned to written examination lasting 1 ½ hours. ‐ 10 points assigned to a group assignment with a final presentation. ‐ 3 points assigned for the student class participation. Non attending students are 100% evaluated on a written examination (lasting 2 ½ hours)

Professors: Busco / Paolone

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide students with the framework to conduct financial statement analysis and performance evaluation. Students are expected to understand the fundamental concepts and knowledge related to business practices and financial reporting, based on which students are able to appreciate interactions among the process of financial statements analysis, the use of information sets (accounting and non‐accounting), financial forecasting, the workings of the performance and valuation. We also discuss the main limitation of traditional financial performance looking at non‐accounting based performance measures such as the economic profit and the residual income. Students will learn how to calculate the residual earnings and the abnormal earnings growth using Excel.

Textbooks: S Penman (2013), Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, McGrawHill, 5th Edition (Chapters 3, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 14) Additional materials: ‐ slides ‐ cases ‐ exercises You can refer to each specific session on the course web site. The content and availability of these additional materials will be announced during classes.


FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT (8 ECTS)

The program of the course is divided into three main sections. The first part focuses on financial statement analysis. The second part deals wit performance measurement based on accounting measures and profitability analysis. In particular, the financial statement analysis part is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. It focuses on understanding the uses and the limitation of both the financial statements and the traditional and non‐traditional methods used in analysing them. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance, and the interpretation of financial information.Finally, the third part focuses on security valuation. Thus, the performance measurement and evaluation section goes beyond financial performance by introducing and discussing non‐accounting measures.

Code: M291

Major: Management

167

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Students are requested to know the basics of financial accounting. For detailed contents refer to Haka, Williams, Bettner, Carcello, Financial and Managerial Accounting, 16th Edition, McGraw‐Hill. Chapter 2: Basic Financial Statements Chapter 3: Capturing Economic Events Chapter 4: Accruals and deferrals Chapter 5: Reporting Financial Results Students can also refer to Penman, Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, Mc‐GrawHill, 5th Edition

Assessment: written exam 80% ‐ business case 20% The business case is mandatory. If the student, for any reasons, doesn't participate to it, the maximum grade he/she can get will be 26.

Professors: Busco / Raoli

Learning Outcomes: The objective of the course is to provide students with the framework to conduct financial statement analysis and conduct performance evaluation. In particular, regarding financial statement analysis, the course is designed to provide students with the conceptual background and analytical tools necessary to evaluate financial statements. We will discuss the financial statements, the differential effects of alternative accounting principles and their effects on reported performance, and the interpretation of financial information. Then, we present the main limitation of traditional financial performance looking at non‐accounting based performance measures like the economic profit and the residual income.

Textbooks: Bozzolan S., , Raoli E., Financial Reporting and Performance measurement, Create, 2017/2018


HISTORY OF FINANCE AND FINANCIAL SYSTEMS (6 ECTS)

From economic systems to systemic globalization. The process of financiarization of economy. The new income distribution. History and eovolution of the Eurosystem. From interventism to free market. Genesys and objectives of social and economic cohesion. Asymmetries and rigidities. The new international division of production and work. The role of sovereing funds. Washington Consensus and Keynesian Consensus.

Code: SDE

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites


168


Learning Outcomes: The course offers students an overview of contemporary economic and financial systems, with special reference to EMU, sovereign funds and the relationship between the euro and other international currencies.

Textbooks: G. Di Taranto (ed.), Lezioni dalla crisi, Luiss University Press, Roma, 2012. G. Guarino, Eurosistema. Analisi e prospettive. Giuffré, Milano, 2006. P. Savona, Il ritorno dello Stato padrone. I fondi sovrani e il grande negoziato globale, Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli, 2009. For an update on selected topics: G. Di Giorgio, Banche centrali e politica monetaria, Editrice Minerva Bancaria, dicembre 2015

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/SDE/0/19PLMBASE/2017

IMPACT AND INTEGRATED REPORTING (6 ECTS)

1) Definition of Integrated Reporting (IR) 2) Evolution of voluntary reporting since '80 3) Differences among annual report, sustainability report and Integrated Report 4) Institutions regulating them 5) Assurance on different types of reporting 6) Integrated Reporting framework 7) Governance and IR 8) Value creation and IR, with focus on shared value 9) Management control systems supporting IR 10) Shared value and Impact Report 11) AS Roma SpA Impact Report

Code: M306

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic Knowledge of Financial Reporting

Assessment: Oral Exam

Professors: Baldissoni / Di Donato

Learning Outcomes: The purpose of the course is to introduce the idea and the logic behind Impact and Integrated Reporting, that is gaining relevance over the recent years. In particular, many managers, consultants, academics, regulators and additional stakeholders are interested in some issues such as capital employed, value creation, and accountability. For this reason it is important what companies should report, to whom organizations are accountable, and how companies can currently measure, manage and communicate social and environmental impact. A possible way of considering all these aspects is offered by Integrated Reporting (IR), a process that results in communicating, through an annual integrated report, how organizations create value over time, and their impact from an economic, social and environmental point of view.

Textbooks: Book: "Integrated Reporting. Concepts and Cases that Redefine Corporate Accountability". Cristiano Busco, Mark L. Frigo, Angelo Riccaboni Editors. Springer Documents uploaded on the website


169

INDUSTRIAL DYNAMICS (6 ECTS)

At the end of the course, students will be able to: ‐ Analyse industrial sectors ‐ Analyse firms' strategic behaviours and entrepreneurship ‐ Undesrtand the impact of direct and indirect policies on industrial dynamics ‐ Analyse the specificities of the industrial system ‐ Perform strategic analyses

Code: M134


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites basic knowledge of microeconomics is certainly helpful, but not necessary.

Assessment: Written intermediate and final exam (written only). Group work

Professors: Meliciani

Learning Outcomes: Every day, managers have to decide where to draw the boundaries of their firms, and how to structure their relations with suppliers and customers. This class introduces advanced management students to selected contributions in modern economic theory that can help them make better choices, and understand the policy constraints they will face in making these choices.

Textbooks: L.M. Cabral, Economia Industriale, Carocci editore, selected chapters

F. Malerba (ed), Economia dell'innovazione, selected chapters

Professor's slides


INDUSTRIAL DYNAMICS (6 ECTS)

At the end of the course, students will be able to: ‐ Analyse industrial sectors ‐ Analyse firms' strategic behaviours and entrepreneurship ‐ Undesrtand the impact of direct and indirect policies on industrial dynamics ‐ Analyse the specificities of the Italian industrial system (districts, networks, social innovation) ‐ Perform strategic analyses

Code: M134


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written intermediate and final exam (written only), weighting 50% each. Participation in class and group work evaluation will also be part of the final mark.

Professors: Rullani

Learning Outcomes: Every day, managers have to decide where to draw the boundaries of their firms, and how to structure their relations with suppliers and customers. This class introduces advanced management students to selected contributions

170

in modern economic theory that can help them make better choices, and understand the policy constraints they will face in making these choices.

Textbooks: L.M. Cabral, Economia Industriale, Carocci editore, selected chapters

F. Malerba (ed), Economia dell'innovazione, selected chapters

Another possible textbook to be identified during the course


INNOVATION MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

Introduction ‐ Relevance of Innovation and Innovation management Part One Industry Dynamics of Technological Innovation ‐ Types and Patterns of Innovation ‐ Standards Battles and Design Dominance, Digital Platforms ‐ Timing of Entry Part Two Formulating Technological Innovation Strategy ‐ Open Innovation Model, Intermediate Markets, Open Social Innovation ‐ Collaboration Strategies ‐ IP Licensing ‐ Protecting Innovation ‐ IPRs Part Three Implementing Technological Innovation Strategy ‐ Organizing for Innovation

‐ Managing the New Product Development Process, , Crowd‐sourcing/funding

Code: M135

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Economics and Business

Assessment: ‐ individual midterm exam ‐ group brief presentation (paper discussion) ‐ group final presentation (Business Challenge solutions) ‐ individual final exam

Professors: Leone, Benassi

Learning Outcomes: Provide students with the ability to: 1. interpret and understand the functioning of a business organisation and the ways it interacts with the external environment; 2. use tools for analysing and devising business strategy in competitive contexts and various markets; 3. evaluate the competitive position of a business and use the tools for improving it; 4. devise the strategic choices linked to the principal business functions.

Textbooks: Strategic Management of Technological Innovation, 4/e, Melissa A. Schilling, New York University Additional readings will be assigned at the beginning of the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M135/0/19ILMDM/2017

171

INSURANCE MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

• Insurance companies: role and mission in the economy and financial markets. • Management, planning and control of insurance companies. • Distribution networks. • Insurance risks and financial risks: metrics and management methods. • Asset management of insurance companies. • The insurance company's balance sheet. • Italian and European regulation and supervision. • Capital Management (Solvency II). • M&A in the insurance sector.

Code: M235

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites In order to understand the topics discussed, it is considered useful to possess skills related to the courses of: Business Economics, Corporate Finance, Economics of Financial Intermediaries, and Financial Mathematics.

Assessment: Oral examination. An interim test is scheduled (but no questions on the first 12 lessons). The interim test will consist of multiple choice and open questions. There will be an oral exam on the second part of the course in line with standard final exams.

Professors: Cimbri / Giovannini

Learning Outcomes: Each student at the end of the course will have knowledge about the role of insurance in the financial system as well as the management and regulatory aspects of the insurance industry. • Applying knowledge and understanding The student will be able to understand the technical risk assessment metrics and asset management models of insurance companies. • Making judgments The student will be able to master the appropriate tools to interpret the local and global development strategies of insurance companies in order to be able to independently devise medium‐long term industrial plans.

Textbooks: Santoboni F., (a cura di), (2012), Manuale di gestione assicurativa. Profili economici, finanziari e di governance, CEDAM, Padova (Testo per approfondimenti) S. PACI, Economia e gestione delle imprese di assicurazione, (2016), EGEA, Milano


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (6 ECTS)

The course deals with intellectual property rights as legal techniques as well as peculiar and unique leverages managers have over intangible resources of the firm. How companies are able to gain and retain a competitive advantage through the management of R&D’s results is explained, moving from the basic assumption of economic theories that justify intellectual property protection. Lessons will deal with all main types of intellectual property rights (patents, trademarks, copyrights, design registration) and

172

trade secrecy, their subject‐matter, their generation, international procedures for protection, requirements and enforcement. Furthermore, the course will focus on quasi‐vertical inter‐firm arrangements for the use of intellectual property rights, such as licensing and cross‐licensing and other forms of exploitation.

Code: M012

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Take‐home assignment to be dispatched few days before the official date of the exam and and brief oral review. Final grades will be discussed and uploaded the day of the session published by the registrar office.

Professors: Granieri

Learning Outcomes: Because of the intrinsically volatile nature of knowledge and information, in the current economic setting intellectual property rights have gone a long way towards assuming the role of pillars of the knowledge economy. Virtually each economic sector, each industry and firms (regardless the size, from start‐up to established MNC) and institutions of any dimension deal with intellectual property, from life sciences and clean technologies, to pharmaceuticals, agro‐food, fashion and entertainment. This course is aimed at providing students with a basic and operational knowledge of topics in intellectual property and the transfer of technology as a critical disciplinary endowment for future managerial decisions in high‐tech industrial sectors and services, as well as in traditional industries, luxury and fashion, and entertainment industries. The course will hinge on the fundamental legal notions about intellectual property protection, but it will also move forward, along the lines of a marked law‐and‐business approach, in mixing legal, technological and economic views to make students acquainted with the complexities of institutional decision‐making when intangible assets are involved.

Textbooks: Massimiliano Granieri, Intellectual Property for Managers. Law, Practice and Strategy, Luiss University Press, 2014 (ISBN: 978‐88‐6105‐187‐4) http://www.luissuniversitypress.it/site/it‐IT/Scheda/default.html?SchedaID=14016 http://www.ibs.it/code/9788861051874/granieri‐massimiliano/intellectual‐property‐managers.html Additional papers on specific topics not covered in the book will be distributed in class and made available through the e‐learning platform


INTERNAL AUDITING, COMPLIANCE AND CORPORATE RISK MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

First part dedicated to internal audit second part of the course devoted to compliance to corporate risk management and implementation of organizational models pursuant to Legislative Decree 231 / '01

Code: AA5

Major: Elective

173

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites N/A

Assessment: Written Examination

Professors: Ferrari/Ricci

Learning Outcomes: Learning of auditing and internal control systems together with the most modern and effective elements of corporate compliance

Textbooks: Handouts available on the website

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/AA5/0/19MLMBASE/2017

INTERNATIONAL ACCOUTING STANDARDS (6 ECTS)

The course examines the Accounting Principles IAS‐IFRS issued by the International IASB and endorsed by the European Union, unit as a set of principles and the most significant individual accounting principles. The course provides a comparative analysis with the national accounting standards and the SFAS Americans issued by the FASB.

Code: M142


Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Good Kwnoledge in accountability and balance schemes


Professors: Di Lazzaro/ Tezzon

Learning Outcomes: Knowledge of the main methodologies for the formation and the preparation a IAS / IFRS of financial statements. Application of this setpoint in the regulatory of the accounting practice.

Textbooks: AA.VV, Il Bilancio secondo i principi contabili internazionali, Giappichelli, 2013 International accounting standards issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU. documents OIC Slides by the teacher


INTERNATIONAL ACCOUTING STANDARDS (6 ECTS) [information for the a.y. 2017‐2018 not yet available]

Module 1 ‐ The financial statements: general principles, accounting standards and rules of preparation Module 2 ‐ The financial statements according to IAS/IFRS Module 3 ‐ The financial statements: the valuation of the main assets according to the national and international accounting standards Module 4 ‐ Other types of financial statements: fundamental aspects

Code: S0W


Course Year: 2

174

Semester: Fall

Hours of classes:


Prerequisites


Professors: Fortuna

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to contextualise and develop the main aspects of the preparation of financial statements according to international accounting standards, with considerable attention to the comparison of national and international accounting practice. The course falls within the business disciplines broaden and consolidate the knowledge acquired in business administration and accounting and financial reporting.

Textbooks: • A. Quagli, “Bilancio d’esercizio e principi contabili”, Torino, Giappichelli, 2015 • F. Fortuna (a cura di), “Raccolta di norme per l’esame di Stato”, Le Monnier, Firenze, Ultima edizione Other materials from the professor.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/S0W/0/19ILMA1/2016

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (6 ECTS)

The course will be analytically sound but the focus will be on concepts and their application rather than theoretical formalism. Special attention will be devoted to the interlink between concept, real phenomenon and the quantification of the latter, though the use of simple data analysis. When possible, examples will be given using Italian data, especially when discussing comparative advantages, specialization, geography and trade, firms in international markets, migration, foreign direct investments, flexible and fixed exchange rate regimes, the Euro and optimal currency areas.

Code: M290

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The course does not presuppose an extensive background in economics. Students who have had a course in economic principles will find the course accessible, but students who have taken further courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics and statistics will find the concepts they studied and absorbed of help to easily digest the material covered by the course in International Economics. Special sessions will help revise economic concepts and make data analysis as simple as possible.

Assessment: Written multiple choice exam.

Professors: De Benedictis

Learning Outcomes: The course in International Economics will introduce students to the analysis of international trade, trade policy, exchange rate determination, and open macroeconomics. It will make it with a constant attention to events in the world economy, including the weaknesses of the Euro zone, the rising protectionism and the causes and consequences of the international financial crisis. A special focus on Italy in the world economy will be a common factor to all the material covered by the course.

175

Textbooks: Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, International Economics, Pearson, New York, 2016, 10th edition.


INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS (6 ECTS)

The course will be divided in to 2 sections: 1) International Trade; 2) International Macroeconomics and Finance

Code: M290

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam with optional oral integration

Professors: Di Vaio / Garonna

Learning Outcomes: The course will deal with topics in international trade and international macroeconomics and finance

Textbooks: R. Feenstra and A.Taylor, International Economics, Worth Publishers. Additional reading material will be distributed during the course


INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (6 ECTS)

The course will be articulated into four parts plus exercises, as follows: Part ONE: Techniques for the structuring of international financial transactions: the basic elements of a PF deal (definitions, the instruments used and the key players in the sector; the different types of investment/financing; securitization and financial markets; the financial structure of a PF transaction; etc.). Part TWO: Introduction to export finance and the main national, inter‐regional, international and supranational players active in the fields of international finance and FDI‐planning. Part THREE: "Inside the project": the evaluation criteria used for investment decisions and risk analysis, plus principle of major legal skills. Part FOUR: The financial model: financial modelling, project evaluation and sensitivity‐analysis. Major financial ratios.

Code: M141

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Are recommended courses focused on finance, such as “Basic Corporate Finance” or “Mathematical Finance".

Assessment: Written exam with multiple choices Q&A (questions and answers), open questions and exercises.

Professors: Merola

Learning Outcomes: The course will teach students about the mechanisms for planning, analysing and implementing foreign direct investments (FDIs), focusing on

176

international finance techniques based on project and export financing (EF & PF) for the construction of industrial plants and infrastructures in third countries. The course focuses on how FDIs in specific geographical areas are supported by Export Credit Agencies (ECAs) and leading international financial institutions, such as the World Bank, regional development banks, and several EU bodies (the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development (EBRD), the European Investment Bank (EIB) and the European Investment Fund (EIF)). The course will also explore the role of institutional investors considering the financial instruments used for FDI projects, such as infrastructure investment vehicles, private equity and real estate funds, infrastructure debt funds. The syllabus includes sophisticated technical tools and quantitative models used for structuring international investments, paying particular attention to: a) project structuring; b) the valuation of investments from the perspectives of lenders and industrial sponsors; c) financial modelling techniques; d) risk analysis and risk mitigation/hedging.

Textbooks: Fist book: Project Finance in Theory and Practice, Second Edition: Designing, Structuring, and Financing Private and Public Projects (Stefano Gatti – 2012), or in alternative ‐ Principles of Project Finance, 2nd Edition (E.Yescombe – 2013).


INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS (12 ECTS)

The course is divided into two sections. MODULE A: International macroeconomic analysis. This module examines: 1) basic concepts (including international economic institutions, Balance of payments and foreign exchange markets); 2) international economics and monetary policy (macroeconomic equilibrium, stabilization policies, choice of the exchange rate regime and optimum currency areas). MODULE B: analysis of financial institutions and markets. This module examines: 1) structure and functions of financial markets; regulation of the financial system; 2) role of financial institutions, causes of financial crises and, finally, structure of Central Banks and monetary policies implemented by the latter.

Code: M265


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No specific prerequisites are required. However, knowledge of the basic concepts of macroeconomics is recommended. Reference book: Macroeconomics, Blanchard, O., Amighini A. and Giavazzi F., 2016, Il Mulino.

Assessment: Written exam (duration: 120 minutes). The written exam consists of five questions each with a score from 0 to 6 for a total of 30. To pass the exam you must reach a score of 18/30.

Professors: Visaggio

Learning Outcomes: This course pursues two objectives. 1) The first is to provide the basic tools of international macroeconomic analysis in order to identify the determinants of exchange rates, balance of payment and the equilibrium

177

value of production, employment and, ultimately, price levels. 2) The second objective is to analyze the structure of the financial system, the theory and practice of financial markets, the structure of central banks (i.e., the BCE, the FED) and the implementation of monetary policy in the aftermath of the last financial crisis.

Textbooks: The reference book for module A is Economia Internazionale, De Arcangelis G., 2013, McGraHill. The reference book for module B is Mishkin F, Eakins S. e Forestieri G., Istituzioni e mercati finanziari, 2015, Pearson.


INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (6 ECTS)

The course will be divided into four main parts. In the first part, an overview of global marketing, including an understanding of this phenomenon, an analysis of consumer buying behavior and an examination of global market research tools and techniques is provided. The second part offers an analysis of the environment that surrounds the companies engaging in international marketing. In particular, the main issues associated with analysis and selection of countries are discussed and the possible strategies that companies may follow to enter different international regions and markets are presented. In the third part, global marketing strategy, including segmentation, targeting and position are examined. The fourth part deals with the 4ps of marketing, by presenting the opportunity and potential risks associated with managing product and branding strategies, pricing, promotion and placement in the global arena. A final session discussing cultural shocks, diversity management and ethical issues concludes the course.

Code: ST6

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The prerequisites that are necessary for International Marketing course are: 1. basic knowledge of strategic management and international business; 2. basic knowledge of marketing principles; If you do not have these knowledge you are asked to read: 1. Principles of Marketing 15/E , Kotler and Armstrong, Pearson 2. International Business: Competing in the Global Market Place, Charles W. L. Hill, 2012, McGraw‐Hill

Assessment: 1. Written test 60%; 2. Case study report: 30% 3. Business report: 10%

Professors: De Angelis / Donato

Learning Outcomes: The course will examine the specific issues involved in developing and implementing marketing strategies that can be successful in the global scenario. Differences in carrying out marketing operations in an international as opposed to a “domestic” scale will be pointed out. Attention will be focused on such issues as:

178

• understanding cultural and social differences among regions and countries • identifying and evaluating opportunities that arise in international markets via an appropriate analysis and selection of countries • developing marketing strategies in the international arena • adapting marketing tactics to the specific needs and constraints in national markets • managing diversity and ethical issues in the global context. The course aims at making students able to understand how differences among regions affect the conduct of marketing in the global scenario, as well as how companies can successfully manage opportunities risks inherent in global marketing strategies and operations. Specifically, the course is designed to: • challenge students to think critically about various facets of global competition • familiarize students with problems and perspectives of doing marketing internationally • assist students in acquiring the skills necessary to analyze, assess, design and implement marketing strategies and programs that transcend national boundaries.

Textbooks: ‐ I. Alon & E. Jaffe, Global Marketing. Contemporary Theory, Practice and Cases, McGraw Hill, 2016 (custom edition) ‐ HBS Cases ‐ Slides and readings assigned/delivered session by session

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/ST6/0/19MLMMM/2017

LABOUR LAW AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (6 ECTS)

Trade union issue; trade union activity; type of collective agreements; the right to strike; subordinate employment; self‐employment; the discipline of employment; termination of the employment relationship

Code: M060


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of private law


Professors: Martone

Learning Outcomes: The course provides a thorough preparation regarding traditional and current problems of individual employment relationships and trade union law, in the public and in the private sector. Objectives of the course, are the ones to provide the student with the ability to apply the discipline of the subjects being taught.

Textbooks: Pessi R., Lezioni di diritto del lavoro, Giappichelli, Torino, latest edition.


179

LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Subject of the course are, in brief, the legal aspects of the "date menagement", the privacy, the legal protection of trademarks and brands of the company, the contracts of the distribution, the contract between company and consumer protection consumer, antitrust law relevant to marketing.

Code: M156

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Have passed the examinations of private law and commercial law.

Assessment: The examination will be conducted in written form.

Professors: Di Ciommo/Pardolesi

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to provide learners with the basic legal concepts to develop a full understanding of the most important issues concerning the marketing.

Textbooks: Suitable instructions will be provided to students at the beginning of the course given the novelty of the subject and the absence on the market of a reference text.


LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Law and marketing; customer profiling and database management; law and economics of franchising; competition rules and distribution agreements; trademarks protection; unfair competition; industrial design.

Code: M199

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Case study presentations; written exam (open book). If a student chooses to take the midterm test, then he/she has the option to take the final test only on the material related to the second part of the course. This option is only available in the first examination date after the end of the course (winter session).

Professors: Colangelo / Pardolesi

Learning Outcomes: Train students on the different legal issues related to marketing.

Textbooks: Teaching materials (slides and selected papers) will be available at the outset of the course.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M199/0/LM19KMG/2017

LUXURY MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

The course will give a general overview of the marketing theory applied to the luxury industry. The introductory part is dedicated to the definition of luxury, the key players of the industry and their brands portfolio. The course also focus the attention on the importance of the brand identity, the difference in

180

the purchasing behavior. The central part is analyses the marketing variables applied to the luxury with an extensive review of communication, CRM, pricing and budgeting. A relevant part is also dedicated to the importance of retailing in the luxury strategy and a specific project work on this matter will end the course. During the course the students will have the possibility to exercise with 2 projects, one focused on marketing and the second on retailing.

Code: SAC

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic understanding of the marketing theory and basic knowledge of the budgeting process.

Assessment: The grading scheme for this course is divided into 2 different parts: 1. Course Projects 0 – 3 points Each project will be evaluated on the quality of the analyses, concept(s), project plan and presentations that will be conducted/presented during the course of the semester. This evaluation will be conducted during different moments throughout the course. In particular: During reviews (held during Group Work Sessions), the projects will be evaluated by the quality of the analyses, the use of the theories presented in class, the market analyses, the quality of the ideas elaborated and also the presentations that will be used as a means to discuss the issues at hand. During the final review that will not only review the above‐mentioned criteria, but will also review the quality and feasibility of the project plan in terms its development. This evaluation will be done based on both the presentation of the project and the support paper documentation (project plan) 2. Final exam 0 – 30 points A mid term evaluation is also available.

Professors: Festa

Learning Outcomes: The course has the objective to give a general knowledge of the luxury industry, identifying the key players, the relevant trends and understand the main marketing differences between this market and the fashion and mass market business.

Textbooks: REFERENCE BOOKS 1 . Luxury Brand Management: A World of Privilege Michel Chevalier, Gerald Mazzalovo 2 . The Luxury Strategy J.N. Kapferer and V. Bastien

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SAC/0/19MLMMM/2017

MACHINE LEARNING & OBJECT DRIVEN MARKETING (6 ECTS)

The syllabus consists of a theoretical part and a practical part. The contents of both parts are described below. The theoretical part include an overview to machine learning areas like supervised and unsupervised learning, and also tools and techniques for specific problems such as classification, clustering and collaborative filtering. Machine learning based tools for online marketing: Google Adwords and Facebook Ads. Basic principles of the Internet Of things: devices and application areas.

181

Marketing devices and marketing through devices. The practical part includes: basic machine learning tools using R. Using Google Adwords and Google Adsense. Using cloud based machine learning tools, such as the Google Cloud platform and the Goolge Machine Learning APIs.

Code: M305

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Working knowledge of basic statistics and marketing principles.

Assessment: The competences are assessed via a written exam only. There is an intermediate (written) test concerning the theoretical part, that accounts for approximately one third of the final grade.

Professors: Laura

Learning Outcomes: The course provides the basis for understanding two related and emergent digital technologies: machine learning (ML) and the internet of things (IoT), and their impact on our daily life. In particular, the course will first provide an overview of general machine learning tools and techniques, and then it will focus on machine learning based tools for online marketing, such as Google Adwords. In the last part of the course we will focus on the internet of things, from multiple perspectives: companies, users, and marketers.



MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING (6 ECTS)

Decision Making under Uncertainty: Expected Utility. Sequential and static games. Backward Induction. Equilibria in pure and mixed strategies. Sequential Rationality. (Subgame) Perfect Equilibria. Bargaining. Auctions. Repeated Games. Applications to Managerial Decision Making.

Code: M294

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written Final Exam. Attending students may take a mid‐term exam.

Professors: Gueth / Panaccione

Learning Outcomes: In addition to Expected Utility as the method of coping with uncertainty in decision making, the course introduces the main concepts of game theory and illustrates how it can be applied. Game theory is concerned with decision making in social and strategic interaction and is presently the dominating method in all social sciences, particularly in business economics. What game theory provides are tools to (formally) represent strategic interactions, the “game forms”, and solution concepts prescribing for all interacting parties what to choose. The course introduces the main concepts and tools of game theory and applies them

182

to actual management tasks with and without strategic interaction. Thus the course will specify concepts such as strategies, payoffs, and information conditions in static and dynamic games. In addition to standard game paradigms (board games, market games, etc.), specific applications try to capture special management problems like corporate governance, auditing, mergers and acquisitions, termination of joint ventures, etc.

Textbooks: J. Watson, “Strategy” (latest edition), Norton. Handouts and other supplementary material (distributed via the web page of the course)


MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING (6 ECTS)

Decision Making under Uncertainty: Expected Utility. Sequential and static games. Backward Induction. Equilibria in pure and mixed strategies. Sequential Rationality. (Subgame) Perfect Equilibria. Bargaining. Auctions. Repeated Games. Applications to Managerial Decision Making.

Code: M294

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written examination. There will be a mid‐term exam for attending students.

Professors: Marengo

Learning Outcomes: In addition to Expected Utility as the method of coping with uncertainty in decision making, the course introduces the main concepts of game theory and illustrates how it can be applied. Game theory is concerned with decision making in social and strategic interaction and is presently the dominating method in all social sciences, particularly in business economics. What game theory provides are tools to (formally) represent strategic interactions, the “game forms”, and solution concepts prescribing for all interacting parties what to choose. The course introduces the main concepts and tools of game theory and applies them to actual management tasks with and without strategic interaction. Thus the course will specify concepts such as strategies, payoffs, and information conditions in static and dynamic games. In addition to standard game paradigms (board games, market games, etc.), specific applications try to capture special management problems like corporate governance, auditing, mergers and acquisitions, termination of joint ventures, etc.

Textbooks: J. Watson, “Strategy”, Norton (latest edition). Handouts and other supplementary material (distributed via the web page of the course)


183

MARKETING BIG DATA ANALYSIS (6 ECTS)

The course is made of two components, covering respectively theory and practice. The theory component describes aims and methods of opinion mining; practice is carried out by writing R code to perform opinion mining tools. The topics dealt with during the course are the following: ‐ General definitions concerning opinion mining, text mining and sentiment analysis,; ‐ Data sources, web scraping and web mining.; ‐ Operational definitions of opinions and sentiments to be used for automated text analysis; ‐ Analysis tools (clustering and classifiers); ‐ Sentiment classification and polarity analysis; ‐ Lexicon generation; ‐ Aspect and entity extraction; ‐ Analysis of debates and comment exchanges on social media; ‐ Summarization of opinions; ‐ Intention mining; ‐ Detection of fake and deceptive opinions; ‐ Quality of reviews;

Code: M303

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites A basic knowledge of the R programming languages is preferable.

Assessment: Written examination, including a case study to be prepared during the term.

Professors: Naldi

Learning Outcomes: The aim of the course is to provide students with a working knowledge of advanced techniques for opinion mining (and the related topics of text mining and sentiment analysis) to be used on unstructured data for marketing purposes. Traditional lectures are complemented by lab practice sessions, so that students themselves should be able to write simple analysis tools in R.

Textbooks: 1) Liu, Bing. Sentiment analysis: Mining opinions, sentiments, and emotions. Cambridge University Press, 2015. 2) Munzert, Simon, Christian Rubba, Peter Meißner, and Dominic Nyhuis. Automated data collection with R: A practical guide to web scraping and text mining. John Wiley & Sons, 2014. 3) Julia Silge, David Robinson. Text Mining with R: A Tidy Approach. O'Reilly Media, 2017.


MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS & NEW MEDIA (6 ECTS)

From "new" media to digital media. Remediation and media convergence. Web 2.0. Social web. Marketing communication in the social web. Rethinking storytelling: narrative and narrativity in a semiotic perspective. Virality in the social web. From "stickiness" to "spreadability".

184

The role of active audiences. Influence, reputation and popularity.

Code: M257

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: ATTENDEES: Working group projects and final oral examination. NON ATTENDEES: paper, oral exam.

Professors: Peverini

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at: providing analytical skills, with particular referrement to the language of digital media and the shift to the social web. Delving deeper into conversational media and social web logics, web reputation, media convergence, omnichannel. A particular focus will concern the notion of storytelling on a theoretical and methodological level. Theoretical lessons will be completed by exercises and analysis of case studies. Attendance is compulsory and, to fulfill the main goals of this course, it is essential to acquire the necessary skills to analyse media texts.

Textbooks: ATTENDEES: Jenkins, H., Ford S., Green J. (2013), Spreadable Media. Creating value and meaning in a networked culture New York University Press. (chapters 6 and 7 not included) Arvidsson A., Caliandro, A., (2015) "Brand public", Journal of consumer research vol. 42 Kozinets R, de Valck K., C.Wojnick A & J.S.Wilner S., (2010) "Networked Narratives: UnderstandingWord‐of‐Mouth Marketing in Online Communities", Journal of Marketing Vol. 74. Other papers to be defined. NON ATTENDEES Jenkins, H., Ford S., Green J. (2013), Spreadable Media. Creating value and meaning in a networked culture New York University Press. Arvidsson A., Caliandro, A., (2015) "Brand public", Journal of consumer research vol. 42, 2016 Kozinets R, de Valck K., C.Wojnick A & J.S.Wilner S., (2010) "Networked Narratives: UnderstandingWord‐of‐Mouth Marketing in Online Communities", Journal of Marketing Vol. 74. Other papers to be defined.


185

MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS AND LANGUAGES OF NEW MEDIA (6 ECTS)

From "new" media to digital media. Remediation and media convergence. Web 2.0. Social web. Marketing communication in the social web. Rethinking storytelling: narrative and narrativity in a semiotic perspective. Virality in the social web. From "stickiness" to "spreadability". The role of active audiences. Influence, reputation and popularity.

Code: M204

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: ATTENDEES: Working group projects and final oral examination. Assessment: 25% + 25% adoption lab. 1 e 2, 50% oral exam NON ATTENDEES: paper (30%), oral exam (70%).

Professors: Peverini

Learning Outcomes: The course aims at: providing analytical skills, with particular referrement to the language of digital media and the shift to the social web. Delving deeper into conversational media and social web logics, web reputation, media convergence, omnichannel. A particular focus will concern the notion of storytelling on a theoretical and methodological level. Theoretical lessons will be completed by exercises and analysis of case studies. Attendance is compulsory and, to fulfill the main goals of this course, it is essential to acquire the necessary skills to analyse media texts.

Textbooks: ATTENDEES: Lampignano S. P. (2016) Digital reputation management. Come gestire, promuovere e difendere la reputazione online (chapters to be selected) Jenkins, H., If It Doesn’t Spread, It’s Dead (Part One): Media Viruses and Memes Arvidsson A., Caliandro, A., (2015) "Brand public", Journal of consumer research vol. 42, 2016 Kozinets R, de Valck K., C.Wojnick A & J.S.Wilner S., (2010) "Networked Narratives: UnderstandingWord‐of‐Mouth Marketing in Online Communities", Journal of Marketing Vol. 74. Peverini P. (2016) "Influenza on line e word of mouth. Il ruolo della semiotica nello scenario delle metodologie di analisi", in Ferraro G., Lorusso A. M. (a cura) Nuove forme d'interazione. Dal web al mobile, Tricase (LE), pp. 203‐223. Other papers to be defined.

186

NON ATTENDEES Jenkins, H., Ford S., Green J. (2013), Spreadable Media. Creating value and meaning in a networked culture New York University Press. (chapters 6 and 7 not included) Lampignano S. P. (2016) Digital reputation management. Come gestire, promuovere e difendere la reputazione online (chapters to be selected) Arvidsson A., Caliandro, A., (2015) "Brand public", Journal of consumer research vol. 42, 2016 Kozinets R, de Valck K., C.Wojnick A & J.S.Wilner S., (2010) "Networked Narratives: UnderstandingWord‐of‐Mouth Marketing in Online Communities", Journal of Marketing Vol. 74. Peverini P. (2016) "Influenza on line e word of mouth. Il ruolo della semiotica nello scenario delle metodologie di analisi", in Ferraro G., Lorusso A. M. (a cura) Nuove forme d'interazione. Dal web al mobile, Tricase (LE), pp. 203‐223. Other papers to be defined.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M204/0/LM19KMR/2017

MARKETING METRICS (6 ECTS)

The course covers different topics: • relationship between marketing metrics and broader measures for value creation, based on the idea of balance performance measurement (balanced scorecard) • market demand metrics • mechanisms, methods, and techniques needed to evaluate and measure marketing performance • competition metrics • customer and brand equity metrics • product, price, distribution, and sales force metrics, coupled with metrics for communication, digital marketing, and social media communication • innovation metrics

Code: M202

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Students must have followed courses from the first semester.

Assessment: Group work + written and oral exam (mandatory for non‐attendant students)


Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed at providing a broad range of theories, models, methods, techniques, and specific metrics to measure and evaluate marketing performance. All of these elements provide the tools to correctly define investments as well as to their returns and ultimately the marketing contribution to company’s value creation. The main teaching objectives are: • to create students’ familiarity with marketing performance metrics, and with the causal relationships that make such metrics valid and reliable in order to manage marketing effectively;

187

• to analyze, discuss, and experience the process through which marketing management affects company’s competitiveness and value creation; • to analyze, discuss, and experience marketing decision‐making from a dynamic point of view that includes both resource allocation and investment returns. Achieving these objectives overall enable students to develop the ability to design, execute and manage a broad range of metrics useful to measure and evaluate marketing performance. At the same time, it improves the ability to understand and manage marketing processes, each of them being characterized by specific performance metrics.

Textbooks: Bendle, N, Farris, P. W., Pfeifer, P., & Reibstein, D. (2016) Marketing Metrics: The Manager's Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance (3rd Edition). Pearson Education.


MARKETING PLAN & MARKSTRAT SIMULATION (6 ECTS)

The course is designed to develop the student's ability to understand: • the process of analyzing and defining marketing strategies with reference to the trilogy segmentation ‐ targeting ‐ positioning • the management of products, brands, distribution channels, communication marketing and pricing policies • models and marketing planning processes and performance measurement

Code: M197

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Having followed the courses of research methodology for marketing and marketing metrics.

Assessment: Markstrat performance 70%Written exam 30%

Professors: Ivaylov Pozharliev

Learning Outcomes: The course in Marketing Plan & Markstrat Simulation intends to expose students to an active and applied learning experience. It is active due to the fact that 50% of the course consists of a simulated market environment in which students are asked to run a business and make marketing related decisions. Applied because the remaining 50% of the course discuss the core decision‐making processes from marketing planning perspective. The course is strategically located in the first semester of the second year, so students who have followed different paths of specialization can work together and combine their diverse knowledge and experience to make original and successful business decisions.

Textbooks: P. Kotler and K. Keller (14 edition), Marketing Management, Pearson


188

MARKETING PLAN AND MARKSTRAT SIMULATION (6 ECTS)

The main course contents are: • advanced marketing segmentation targeting and positioning • product, price, communicationa and channel management • marketing planning and performance measurement

Code: M163

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites No prerequisites is mandatory. However, the student should have attended the courses of the two tracks in the Master of Science of Marketing.

Assessment: Markstrat 70% Written Exam 30%

Professors: De Angelis

Learning Outcomes: The Marketing Plan and Markstrat course aims to engage students in an active and practical way. The course will be divided in two parts: 50% will be dedicated to a business simulation, during which students will take managerial decisions; in the other 50% the professor will analyze the core marketing area with a planning perspective. The course will encourage students with different knowledge to work together in order to understant the importance of different backgrounds in taking original and successful business decisions.



MARKETS, REGULATIONS AND LAW (6 ECTS)

The law and economics of regulation; antitrust; markets for technology and of information; commons; property rights; competition among legal systems

Code: M009

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Good knowledge of the basic elements of micro‐economics and of general private law

Assessment: Participation to classes, interaction, discussion of group cases, take‐home exam.

Professors: Arnaudo / Granieri

Learning Outcomes: This course aims at providing students with critical elements to assess the impact of regulation on the market and on business performance, as well as to empower students with basic knowledge on competition analysis, antitrust, and how to deal with related regulatory burden in corporate perspective.

Textbooks: A pdf reader prepared by the instructor.

189


MARKETS, REGULATIONS AND LAW (6 ECTS)

Law and economics of antitrust and regulation; property rights, liability rules, commons, anticommons and semicommons; elements of liberalization and market regulation; cost‐benefit analysis and regulatory impact assessment.

Code: M009

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam, case study presentation, moot court. If a student chooses to take the midterm test, then he/she has the option to take the final test only on the material related to the second part of the course. This option is only available in the first two examination dates after the end of the course (winter session).

Professors: Colangelo

Learning Outcomes: Train students on the law and economics of antitrust and regulation

Textbooks: Teaching materials will be available on Professor personal webpage (https://sites.google.com/site/giuseppecolangelouni/home/teaching) at the outset of the course.


MEASUREMENT AND ANALYSIS OF THE PERFORMANCE OF MARKETING ‐ MARKETING METRICS (6 ECTS)

The course covers different topics: • relationship between marketing metrics and broader measures for value creation, based on the idea of balance performance measurement (balanced scorecard) • market demand metrics • mechanisms, methods, and techniques needed to evaluate and measure marketing performance • competition metrics • customer and brand equity metrics • product, price, distribution, and sales force metrics, coupled with metrics for communication, digital marketing, and social media communication • innovation metrics

Code: M160

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Students must have followed courses from the first semester.

Assessment: Group work + written and oral exam (mandatory for non‐attendant students)


190

Learning Outcomes: The course is aimed at providing a broad range of theories, models, methods, techniques, and specific metrics to measure and evaluate marketing performance. All of these elements provide the tools to correctly define investments as well as to their returns and ultimately the marketing contribution to company’s value creation. The main teaching objectives are: • to create students’ familiarity with marketing performance metrics, and with the causal relationships that make such metrics valid and reliable in order to manage marketing effectively; • to analyze, discuss, and experience the process through which marketing management affects company’s competitiveness and value creation; • to analyze, discuss, and experience marketing decision‐making from a dynamic point of view that includes both resource allocation and investment returns. Achieving these objectives overall enable students to develop the ability to design, execute and manage a broad range of metrics useful to measure and evaluate marketing performance. At the same time, it improves the ability to understand and manage marketing processes, each of them being characterized by specific performance metrics.

Textbooks: Bendle, N, Farris, P. W., Pfeifer, P., & Reibstein, D. (2016) Marketing Metrics: The Manager's Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance (3rd Edition). Pearson Education.


NEWSMAKING & BRAND STORYTELLING (6 ECTS)

What are the differences between communication strategies and those aimed at producing a good of public interest, such as information, which, however, must submit to the rules of the market? How is changing the production and use of information in the postmodern era? It became blurred the line between information and marketing? What are the new models of journalism and the new mode of selection, prioritization, treatment and theming of news material? What happens when it coincides with the experience of the narrative? These questions will respond the course of Prof. Francesco Giorgino, whose purpose is to analyze the role of journalism than to the consolidation of now models such as the narrative marketing, storytelling, the native advertising. The marketing information system and will be connected through the use of typical interpretive keys of the communication sociology to investigate the profiles of contiguity from the point of view of platforms, languages and content.

Code: M302

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Participation in the course does not envisage incurring particular exams.

Assessment: Oral exam and case studies.

Professors: Giorgino

Learning Outcomes: The course has as its main training objective to develop a thorough analysis of the peculiarities of one of the emerging journalism models: the brand journalism. A model that will be contextualized within a broader conceptual framework and operational, aimed at the study of an

191

evolutionary "native advertising", the "narrative marketing", the "storytelling" and of course the same "news‐making".

Textbooks: The textbook adopted is F. Giorgino, Journalism and Society ‐ Information, politics, economy and culture. Edizioni Mondadori University, Milan 2017. The teacher will also provide handouts on specific issues of individual lessons during which indicates a complete bibliography.


ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN (6 ECTS)

Organizations are complex entities, and understanding their inner workings takes more than memorizing ready‐made recipes. The effectiveness of organizational practices – often wrongly labelled as best – changes greatly across time and space. Using insights from a variety of theoretical approaches, the course intends to equip students with the ability to develop inferences about organizational issues. To reach this aim, the course is designed to expose students to both rigorous and varied research traditions and real‐world cases

Code: M293

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Students are expected to have basic knowledge of the topics addressed in the Microeconomics and Economics and Management of Enterprise courses.

Assessment: The grade is based on a written exam (100%). The students will also have the chance of receiving up to 2 points of bonus points. These extra bonus points will be given to the students who participate consistently well throughout the course. Just attending the class won’t lead to any participation bonus points. Bonus points can only be used once, i.e., they can’t be carried to the subsequent retake exams and in this case, grading will be based solely on the exam. In order to keep their bonus points for the next dates ('appelli'), students are free to leave the written exam within 10 minutes from the beginning the test. In any case, bonus points are valid only within the duration of the academic year: they will expire in February 2019. If a student fails or rejects the grade at the first date in May/June, he/she might lose the bonus points achieved but still able to resit later (June/July).

Professors: Gurses

Learning Outcomes: Relying on an eclectic approach that integrates concepts from organizational economics, organizational sociology, organizational psychology and cognitive psychology, course’s specific learning objectives are: • Developing an in‐depth understanding of organizational dynamics; • Understanding coordination issues and identifying mechanisms to address them; • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods to analyse processes in contemporary organizational design challenges

Textbooks: Gareth Jones Organization theory, design and change. 4th edition. Pearson international edition


192


Organizations are complex entities, and understanding their inner workings takes more than memorizing ready‐made recipes. The effectiveness of organizational practices – often wrongly labeled as best – changes greatly across time and space. Using insights from a variety of theoretical approaches, the course intends to equip students with the ability to develop inferences about organizational issues. To reach this aim, the course is designed to expose students to both rigorous and varied research traditions and real‐world cases. The course covers four main areas: 1) Organizational behavior: cognition, motivation, learning, and decision‐making; 2) Human resource systems: assessment, reward, and development; 3) Coordination mechanisms: prices, teaming, authority and agency, and culture and rules; 4) Organizational design: job design and firm structures.

Code: M268


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall




Assessment: 1) written test 50 % (final exam) 2) mid‐term, in‐class exercise (bonus points) 3) individual and team work assignment (bonus points)

Professors: Giustiniano

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to the core issues of organization theory and organization design. Its primary purpose is to equip students with critical appreciation of the central theoretical questions, themes, and debates in the literature. Relying on an eclectic approach that integrates concepts from organizational economics, organizational sociology, and cognitive psychology, the course’s specific learning objectives are: • Developing an in‐depth understanding of organizational dynamics; • Understanding individual behaviour in organized contexts and identifying organizational responses to manage it; • Understanding coordination issues and identifying mechanisms to address them; • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods to analyse processes in contemporary organizational design challenges. There are three basic requirements for the course: • participation in class discussion, • written work (project work – paper in groups), • and a group presentation.

Textbooks: Reference books Grandori, A Organization and Economic Behavior.


193


Organizations are complex entities, and understanding their inner workings takes more than memorizing ready‐made recipes. The effectiveness of organizational practices – often wrongly labeled as best – changes greatly across time and space. Using insights from a variety of theoretical approaches, the course intends to equip students with the ability to develop inferences about organizational issues. To reach this aim, the course is designed to expose students to both rigorous and varied research traditions and real‐world cases. The course covers four main areas: 1) Organizational behavior: cognition, motivation, learning, and decision‐making; 2) Human resource systems: assessment, reward, and development; 3) Coordination mechanisms: prices, teaming, authority and agency, and culture and rules; 4) Organizational design: job design and firm structures.

Code: M268


Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall




Assessment: 1) written test 50 % (final exam) 2) mid‐term, in‐class exercise (bonus points) 3) individual and team work assignment (bonus points)

Professors: Prencipe

Learning Outcomes: This course introduces students to the core issues of organization theory and organization design. Its primary purpose is to equip students with critical appreciation of the central theoretical questions, themes, and debates in the literature. Relying on an eclectic approach that integrates concepts from organizational economics, organizational sociology, and cognitive psychology, the course’s specific learning objectives are: • Developing an in‐depth understanding of organizational dynamics; • Understanding individual behaviour in organized contexts and identifying organizational responses to manage it; • Understanding coordination issues and identifying mechanisms to address them; • Developing the ability to apply tools and methods to analyse processes in contemporary organizational design challenges. There are three basic requirements for the course: • participation in class discussion, • written work (project work – paper in groups), • and a group presentation.

Textbooks: Reference books Grandori, A Organization and Economic Behavior.


194

ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES (8 ECTS)

This course examines contemporary marketing topics within multinational organizations. We will learn how marketing function is organized and study other six contemporary topics. Course topics are: 1) Organization of the marketing function 2) Competitive dynamics 3) Service management 4) Managing retailers 5) Channel management 6) Managing new product development 7) Pricing 8) Salesforce management

Code: M159

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites There are no prerequisites for this course.

Assessment: Your final grade consists of a one major part •Final Exam: 100% •There will be also a bonus for good class participation, up to 2 points.

Professors: Gurses

Learning Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Compare and contrast various designs and structures in the organization of the marketing function within multinational firms. 2. Understand the nature of competition 3. Discover how services are marketed 3. Know how to manage distribution channels and channel conflict. 4. Manage new product development processes. 5. Retail management 6. Find out how companies price their products. 7. Grasp basic knowledge of salesforce design and management.

Textbooks: 8 chapters from Kotler and Keller marketing management 14th edition (chapters 11,13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20).


ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES (8 ECTS)

1) Organization of the marketing function: 2) Competitive dynamics: 3) Service management: 4) Channel management 5) Managing new product development: 6) Pricing: 7) Salesforce management 8) Managing retailers

Code: M308

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring


195


Prerequisites There are no prerequisites for this course.

Assessment: Your final grade consists of: • Final Exam: 100% • There will be also a bonus for good class participation, up to 2 points The final exam is written exam. It is mandatory to take the exam to pass the course. The exam cannot be substituted or complemented with any other form of examination (e.g., oral examination) or compensatory work (e.g., additional project work). There is no mid‐term examination in this course.

Professors:

Learning Outcomes: This course examines contemporary marketing topics within multinational organizations. We will learn how marketing function is organized and study other seven contemporary topics. Upon completion of this course, students should be able to: 1. Compare and contrast various designs and structures in the organization of the marketing function within multinational firms 2. Understand the nature of competition 3. Discover how services are marketed 3. Know how to manage distribution channels and channel conflict. 4. Manage new product development processes. 5. Retail management 6. Find out how companies price their products. 7. Grasp basic knowledge of salesforce design and management.

Textbooks: 7 chapters from Kotler and Keller "Marketing Management" 15th Global Edition (chapters 11,14, 13 15, 16, 19, 20). If you use an older edition, the chapter numbers may be different. Other readings to be assigned and discussed every week ‐ for details see weekly outlines.


ORGANIZATION OF THE BIG DIGITAL COMPANIES (6 ECTS)

Structure (System Theory) and Agency (Theory of Enactment) dichotomy in social sciences. Evolution of strategic paradigms and the reconfiguring of the value space. From value chain to value star. Mind reframing for business reconfiguration. Modular architectures and digital platforms. Infrastructures and information infrastructures. Big digital companies as surveillance companies.

Code: M140


Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites

Assessment:

196

Professors: Resca

Learning Outcomes: This course refers to disciplines such as organization theory, management, and information systems. It aims to provide analytical tools for studying the causes at the basis of the evolution of big digital companies. A particular attention will be posed on the role played by digital platforms in the development of products and services. Once students will have acquired the skills for investigating the development of these businesses, the purpose will be to outline possible growth scenarios. In other words, the point is not only to provide a theoretical understanding of the evolution of these companies but also to build possible routes of future development. Finally, we will deal with ethical issues and how big digital companies can be considered surveillance companies.

Textbooks: Normann, Richard. Reframing business: When the map changes the landscape. John Wiley & Sons, 2001. Gawer, A. 2009. Platforms, Markets and Innovation: 396. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing. Ciborra, Claudio. From control to drift: the dynamics of corporate information infastructures. Oxford University Press, 2000. Ciborra, Claudio. The labyrinths of information: Challenging the wisdom of systems. OUP Oxford, 2002.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.it/cattedreonline/corso/M140/0/19ILMDM/2017

ORGANIZING INNOVATION (6 ECTS)

• New product development • Creativity and innovation • Design thinking and prototyping • User driven innovation • Open innovation • Organizing innovation processes • Marketing innovation

Code: M083

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: Written exam and group work

Professors: Tee

Learning Outcomes: The aim of this course is to provide students with a combination of theoretical and applied knowledge on organizing innovation. The course focuses on both the challenges and opportunities firms face when organizing for innovation and engaging in new product or service development. The course also examines the challenge to building and maintaining an innovative organization, the role of creativity and prototyping, and how individuals can successfully innovate in organizations. Students also learn about recent insights on design thinking, and user driven or open innovation. It combines traditional lectures with case studies, in‐class exercises, and group work. It is designed to be combined with the course “Management of Innovation”.

197

The key learning objectives are: • master different theoretical frameworks to think about how to organize innovation • gain knowledge how to translate theoretical frameworks into practical application • understanding the role of creativity in new product and new service development • acquire tools to organize innovation in different settings • identifying core problems that may impede innovative performance • knowing how to manage groups that are innovating and how to develop and use firm’s capabilities to exploit innovative activities

Textbooks: Schilling, M. (2013). Strategic Management of Technological Innovation. Fourth Edition, McGraw‐Hill.


PLANNING AND CONTROL (6 ECTS)

After having explored planning, measurement and control within the company's management system, the course focuses on themes such as cost analysis, budgeting, performance measurement and reporting.

Code: SGE

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic understanding of financial accounting and financial statements.

Assessment: written exam 100%

Professors: Busco

Learning Outcomes: The purpose of the course is to discuss the logics and the methodologies related to planning and management control, as well as performance measurement and reporting. In particular, after having explored planning, measurement and control within the company's management system, the course focuses on themes such as cost analysis, budgeting, performance measurement and reporting. The analysis on the logics and the methodologies recalled above is complemented by the discussion of case studies e corporate presentations.

Textbooks: Bhimani, A., Horngren, C.T., Datar, M.S., Rajan, M., Management and Cost Accounting 6th Edition, Pearson, 2015.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGE/0/19MLMBASE/2017

PRODUCT & BRAND MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

The Value Offer and its components ‐ products, services, experiences. Value innovation and the generation and diffusion of innovation. The role of Brands and Brand Strategy ‐ Brand identity, Brand image and Customer‐based Brand Equity. the development of Brands and the communication and distribution process.

198

Brands in the global arena.

Code: M198

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites None

Assessment: group project presentation (40%); written exam (mid term 30%, final 30%)

Professors: Marcati

Learning Outcomes: The course aims, first of all, at providing a state‐of‐art review of theory and research on product and brand management. But, it will combine this approach with a managerial orientation: coverage of the field is applied and from the perspective of the individual manager or of the firm engaged in marketing activities. The course will also introduce basic tools (concepts, models and techniques) to manage products and brands and is intended to develop students' skills in analysis and planning.

Textbooks: Kotler, Aperia, Georgson, Strategic Brand Management ‐ A European perspective, Pearson, 2011


PRODUCT & BRAND MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

The course is focused on the requested elements for managing top brands, linking strategy to practical actions. During the course tools and insights used by brand managers on daily basis will be explained.

Code: SFY

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Previously attended at least one marketing basic course linked with a basic knowledge of marketing management, marketing strategy and business economics (cost accounting, break‐even analysis, margin and profitability analysis)

Assessment: Students must choose in advance the exam type (attending student ‐ non attending student) A. Attending students will be evaluated on: written final test (40%) Team project works (25%) Twitter and Instagram project works (10%) Self‐branding (5%) individual commitment and participation to course activities (exercise, cases etc)

199

un‐attending students will be evaluated on a written test (weighted 100% of the final mark)

Professors: Mazzu’

Learning Outcomes: The course's aim is to enhance students knowledge about brand and product management both on practical and theoretical basis. The aim of the theoretical part is to provide tools (principles, models and techniques) in order to understand the main role of product and brand management in the marketing department of customer centric firms. Focusing on how brands can develop and influence customers behaviour. Undestand the different alternatives available to develop the best brand and product strategy linking it to the competition dyanamics and to the consumer's behaviour.

Textbooks: • Perrey, J., Mazzù, M.F. (2011). Power Brands. Creare, portare al successo e gestire i propri brand. Milano, Rizzoli. • Kotler‐Keller‐Ancarani‐Costabile: "Marketing Management" (nuova edizione 2014), • Pastore A., Vernuccio M. “Impresa e comunicazione. Principi e strumenti per il manage‐ment”. • Kotler‐ Keller ‐Ancarani‐Costabile; “Marketing per Manager” (2014), Ed. Pearson

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SFY/0/LM19KMA/2017

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications: ‐ Graphical solution; ‐ Analytical solution (simplex method); ‐ Computer‐based solution. 2. Portfolio Models ‐ Efficient portfolios with no short‐sale restrictions; ‐ Variance‐covariance matrix; ‐ Efficient portfolios without short sales. 3. Immunization strategies: ‐ Duration; ‐ Convexity. 4. Actuarial mathematics for life and non‐life insurance: ‐ Insurance business model and main contracts; ‐ Pricing and reserving for Life and Non‐life insurance; ‐ Risk Management and Economic Capital for insurance.

Code: M277

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic concepts of mathematics and financial mathematics.

Assessment: Individual exam on the practical part (computer‐based) and individual exam on the theoretical part.

Professors: Barone

200


Textbooks: BENNINGA, Simon, "Financial Modeling", 4th edition, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, April 2014. OLIVIERI, Annamaria, and PITACCO, Ermanno, "Introduction to InsuranceMathematics. Technical and Financial Features of Risk Transfers", Springer, 2011. Notes provided by the instructor.


QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT (8 ECTS)

1. Linear optimization problems, with business applications: ‐ Graphical solution; ‐ Analytical solution (simplex method); ‐ Computer‐based solution. 2. Portfolio Models ‐ Efficient portfolios with no short‐sale restrictions; ‐ Variance‐covariance matrix; ‐ Betas and Security Market Line; ‐ Efficient portfolios without short sales. 3. Valuation of Options: ‐ The Binomial Option Pricing Model; ‐ The Black‐Scholes Model. 4. Actuarial technique of life and non‐life insurance: ‐ Main contracts; ‐ Determination of insurance premiums; ‐ Mathematical and technical reserves.

Code: M277

Major: Management

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Knowledge of the basic concepts of mathematics and financial mathematics.

Assessment: Individual computer‐based exam and individual oral exam.

Professors: Pirra


Textbooks: BENNINGA, Simon, "Financial Modeling", 4th edition, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2014.OLIVIERI, Annamaria, and PITACCO, Ermanno, "Introduction to Insurance Mathematics. Technical and Financial Features of Risk Transfers", Springer, 2011.Notes provided by the instructor.


QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR THE ENTERPRISE (8 ECTS)

The course is divided into three main parts: linear programming, advanced financial mathematics and advanced statistics.

Code: M266

Major: Core Subject

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall


201


Prerequisites Corsi triennali in: Matematica generale, Matematica Finanziaria e Statistica.

Assessment: Assessment will be based on: 1) homework entailing the use of Excel (linear programming applied to a business problems, data analysis, and Monte Carlo method pricing options), and each assignment if done correctly and delivered on time will be awarded 1 point; 2) mid‐term test (early November 2017) and final exam (December 2017), both of which will be written (Excel will not be required but a calculator and a cheat sheet can be brought as per the instructions that will be announced in the classroom).

Professors: Biagini

Learning Outcomes: Enhance knowledge of applied math for the purposes of efficient business management and development.

Textbooks: *)Dorfman, Samuelson e Solow: Linear Programming and Economic Analysis (Dover Books on Computer Science) *) Castellani, De Felice, Moriconi: Manuale di Finanza, vol. 2 e 3. *) Scandolo – Matematica finanziaria, Amon edizioni. *) Monte Carlo Methods in Financial Engineering, Paul Glasserman. Springer.


SISTEMI DI REMUNERAZIONE E GEST. RISORSE UMANE (6 ECTS) [information for the a.y. 2017‐2018 not yet available]

Introduction to HRM. Organizational Behaviour. Class of Motivation Theories. Attraction, Retention and Engagement. The Total Reward Approach. Employess Evaluation. Compensation Systems and Strategies. Base Pay, Incentive Pay (short and long term), Management by Objectives Programs, Executive Compensation, Employees Participation to Company Results. Corporate Welfare.

Code: SFV

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

Assessment: ‐ Oral Exam: 100%

Professors: Gabrielli / Innocenti

Learning Outcomes: Provide a complete overview of the major issues influencing people management in complex organizations. Main objective of the course is the understanding of issues, choices and components of the compensation system adopted by organizations. The course is focused on both extrinsic and intrinsic rewards for people attraction, retention and engagement. The course is based on rigorous theoretical and methodological approach; some HR practices and compensation policies will be carefully analized through case studies methodology.

Textbooks: Gabrielli G. (2010), People management. Teorie e pratiche per una gestione sostenibile delle persone, FrancoAngeli, Milano. (Chapters 2‐7)

202

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SFV/0/LM19KBASE/2016

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING (6 ECTS)

The course will be divided into three main parts. The first part discusses research process in depth to write a marketing research report. In particular, the main issues associated with quantitative research design, data collection, data collection techniques, questionnaire and experiment design are discussed. In the second part, an overview of basic statistics and computer skills ‘Stata’ is provided. Key topics covered in this part include exploratory data analysis, univariate and bivariate hypothesis testing. In the third part, frequent and relevant marketing research problems, including profiling for predictive modelling, ad‐copy testing, customer value analysis, and positioning are examined. For these problems, multivariate statistic techniques (e.g. regression, ANOVA, factor and reliability analyses) will be examined and indicated with Stata.

Code: M157

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The prerequisites that are necessary for “Research methodology for Marketing” are: 1. Principles of Marketing, Marketing Management, or equivalent; 2. Basic concepts in statistics; If you do not have these knowledge you are asked to read: 1. Principles of Marketing 15/E , Kotler and Armstrong, Pearson 2. Handout: Statistics in nutshell (prepared by the teacher)

Assessment: 1. Written take‐home STATA Exam (team project): 20% (i.e. 6 points out of 30) 2. Written Final Exam: 40% (minimum 15 out of 30 is a must to pass) (i.e. 12 points out of 30) 3. Written marketing research project (team project): 40% (i.e. 12 points out of 30) 4. Participation (Lectures/STATA computer sessions): 5% (bonus) (1.5 points)

Professors: Adiguzel / De Dominicis

Learning Outcomes: The course will examine the specific issues involved in developing and implementing marketing research to solve a managerial decision problem. Students will obtain computer skills such as Stata for Statistics. Knowledge from this course can be also used for writing a master thesis. Attention will be focused on such issues as: • Explain and discuss procedural and methodological factors that play a role when assessing marketing research projects. • Discuss the various procedures used for data collection • Explain and be capable in making a questionnaire • Explain and discuss in detail the use and application of attitude scales in marketing research

203

• Explain the fundamentals of sampling in marketing research • Explain techniques to check and describe data (frequency tables, cross tabulations,..) • Perform and interpret parametric and non‐parametric tests • Explain the right multivariate technique for data analysis given a marketing research problem • Know the objectives, use and interpretation of multivariate data‐analysis techniques (e.g., regression, factor analysis, ANOVA...) • Understand the report preparation process and practice it

Textbooks: Malhotra, N.K., David F. Birks, Peter Wills, “Marketing Research, An applied approach”, Fourth edition (check amazon.it), ISBN‐10:0273725858, ISBN‐13: 978‐0273725855, Pearson Prentice Hall


RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING (6 ECTS)

The course will be divided into three main parts. The first part discusses research process in depth to write a marketing research report. In particular, the main issues associated with quantitative research design, data collection, data collection techniques, questionnaire and experiment design are discussed. In the second part, an overview of basic statistics and computer skills ‘Stata’ is provided. Key topics covered in this part include exploratory data analysis, univariate and bivariate hypothesis testing. In the third part, frequent and relevant marketing research problems, including profiling for predictive modelling, ad‐copy testing, customer value analysis, and positioning are examined. For these problems, multivariate statistic techniques (e.g. regression, ANOVA, factor and reliability analyses) will be examined and indicated with Stata.

Code: M307

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites The prerequisites that are necessary for “Research methodology for Marketing” are: 1. Principles of Marketing, Marketing Management, or equivalent; 2. Basic concepts in statistics; If you do not have these knowledge you are asked to read: 1. Principles of Marketing 15/E , Kotler and Armstrong, Pearson 2. Handout: Statistics in nutshell (prepared by the teacher)

Assessment: 1. Written take‐home STATA Exam (team project): 20% (i.e. 6 points out of 30) 2. Written Final Exam: 40% (minimum 15 out of 30 is a must to pass) (i.e. 12 points out of 30) 3. Written marketing research project (team project): 40% (i.e. 12 points out of 30) 4. Participation (Lectures/STATA computer sessions): 5% (bonus) (1.5 points)

Professors: Adiguzel / Donato

204

Learning Outcomes: The course will examine the specific issues involved in developing and implementing marketing research to solve a managerial decision problem. Students will obtain computer skills such as Stata for Statistics. Knowledge from this course can be also used for writing a master thesis. Attention will be focused on such issues as: • Explain and discuss procedural and methodological factors that play a role when assessing marketing research projects. • Discuss the various procedures used for data collection • Explain and be capable in making a questionnaire • Explain and discuss in detail the use and application of attitude scales in marketing research • Explain the fundamentals of sampling in marketing research • Explain techniques to check and describe data (frequency tables, cross tabulations,..) • Perform and interpret parametric and non‐parametric tests • Explain the right multivariate technique for data analysis given a marketing research problem • Know the objectives, use and interpretation of multivariate data‐analysis techniques (e.g., regression, factor analysis, ANOVA...) • Understand the report preparation process and practice it

Textbooks: Malhotra, N.K., David F. Birks, Peter Wills, “Marketing Research, An applied approach”, Fourth edition (check amazon.it), ISBN‐10:0273725858, ISBN‐13: 978‐0273725855, Pearson Prentice Hall


RETAIL AND SERVICE EXPERIENCE MARKETING (6 ECTS)

Retailing has changed significantly over the past few years and is more and more inspired by luxury retailing, in order to reach the best performance in terms of effectiveness. Indeed, a variety of trends have converged to create a situation in which retail strategies are arguably the dominant influence on brand development. Nowadays, most of the companies must be able to professionally manage a mono‐brand retail channel if they want to improve sales and more effectively communicate the brand image. The store is the place where customers can buy branded products but also live the brand experience. Customer experience has also become crucial in developing experiential and sensory marketing strategies, whereby companies do not sell products but unique multisensory experiences to customers. Experiences, like goods and services, have their own distinct qualities and characteristics and present their own design challenges, which marketing practitioners must be aware of if they want their company to maintain and increase its market share. Experiential marketing plays and even bigger role in the service industry, where the lack of tangible features makes customer satisfaction crucially determined by the companies’ abilities to provide unique and memorable experiences that involve the dimension of customer participation and connection with the environment. Participants will understand the retail marketing landscape and also learn about key retail and experiential/sensory marketing issues and instruments. Particular emphasis will be placed on effective operations management with a strategic approach.

Code: M166

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



205

Prerequisites Knowledge of basic marketing concepts is required.

Assessment: For students that attend the course the final grade will be based upon: ‐ Individual final written exam ‐ Team project work (the individual grade is the same as the team final grade) ‐ Case studies Assignments Participation/Involvement*: It may be used as a plus in the final whole evaluation of the student For students that do not attend the course: Individual final written exam Information on exact weighting of partial grades will be provided at the beginning of the course

Professors: Devetag

Learning Outcomes: The course intends to familiarize students with the concepts of retail management, with special reference to luxury and fashion, and experiential marketing with applications to services. The main objective of the course are: ‐ Providing students with an overview of trade and retail marketing and with experiential and sensory marketing ‐ Analyzing interactions between organizational, human and marketing dimensions involved in the retail performance. ‐ Providing students with the basics of consumer emotional reactions to products and their interrelations with "rational" decision making ‐ Presenting and discussing activities and case studies linked to trade and retail marketing and to experiential marketing through an integrated and multidisciplinary perspective.

Textbooks: Information on reference books and papers will be provided at the beginning of the course


STATISTICAL METHODS FOR MARKETING (8 ECTS)

1. Statistics and marketing research. 2. Information support, statistical sampling and marketing surveys. 3. Marketing research and data analysis. 4. Data matrix, data clearing, data pre‐processing, covariance matrix, correlation matrix, proximity matrices. 5. Graphics for multidimensional data. 6. Statistical methods for marketing research: Cluster Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Association rules and Market Basket Analysis, Linear regression model, Tree–based methodologies. 7. Marketing applications with R. 8. Case studies in traditional marketing, geomarketing, web marketing, social media marketing and neuromarketing.

Code: M161

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring

206



Prerequisites ‐‐

Assessment: Written Exam

Professors: D’Urso

Learning Outcomes: Providing multivariate statistical tools for marketing research

Textbooks: ‐ Appunti delle lezioni (P. D'Urso). ‐ Analisi dei dati multidimensionali con R (appunti) (R. Massari). ‐ Analisi dei dati e data mining per le decisioni aziendali (S. Zani, A. Cerioli), Giuffrè Editore, 2007.


STATISTICS FOR MARKETING (8 ECTS)

1. Statistics and marketing research. 2. Information system, statistical sampling and marketing surveys. 3. Marketing research and data analysis. 4. Data matrix, data clearing, data pre‐processing, covariance matrix, correlation matrix, proximity matrices. 5. Graphics for multidimensional data. 6. Statistical methods for marketing research: Cluster Analysis, Principal Component Analysis, Association rules and Market Basket Analysis, Linear regression model, Tree–based methodologies. 7. Marketing applications with Stata 8. Case studies

Code: M201

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites Students are expected to have basic knowledge of the topics addressed in the Introductory Statistics class

Assessment: Written exam. Midterm exam 50% Final exam 50% Students how successfully pass the midterm exam will be allowed to a sit the final exam and will be tested on the second half of the course programme Students who do not pass (or sit) the midterm exam will be tested on the whole programme.

Professors: Cappelli

Learning Outcomes: Providing multivariate statistical tools for marketing research

Textbooks: Handbook of Statistical Analyses Using Stata, B. S. Everitt, S.Rabe‐Hesketh. Fourth edition, Chapman and Hall/CRC Statistics for Marketing and Consumer Research, Mario Mazzocchi, SAGE Publications Ltd


207

STRUCTURED FINANCE (6 ECTS)

Introduction to Structured Finance and Capital Markets participants; fund raising and investments through Capital Markets; Debt Capital Markets issuance (bonds and other instruments), Equity Capital Markets transactions (IPO, Follows on); Derivatives Markets; the role of Capital Markets in M&A activity and processes, Private Equity and Leverage Finance, project financing

Code: M081

Major: Management

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Although formal prerequisites are not required, we would suggest to have a basic knowledge of: Financial Math Corporate Finance Economics

Assessment: Student assessment will be based on class participation, Mid term review (50%) and a written final exam (50%)

Professors: Bruno

Learning Outcomes: The goals of this course are to introduce students to Structured Finance and capital markets products offered and to ways banks and corporates operate in the Financial sector by means of analysis of specific case studies

Textbooks: Investment Banking ‐ Giuliano Iannotta ed. Springer Financial Markets and Institutions ‐ Frederic Mishkin/Stanley Eakings ed.Pearson


TAX PROCEDURAL LAW (6 ECTS)

The first part of the course will focus on topics concerning the Tax Authorities’ control activity and particularly, powers of investigation and authorizations, accesses, inspections and controls, banking enquiries, the conclusion of the investigation activity (the formal notice of assessment). Then the main focus will specifically be on the tax assessment (assessment notice: nature, requirements and contents; types of assessment; documentary evidence and assumptions), as well as on the activity of coercive collection of taxes.

The second part of the course will deal with tax special jurisdiction and its corresponding competence, examining also acts against which an action may be brought. Special attention will be devoted to appeal, by examining contents and mandatory requirements for validity, the lodgement of the appeal and the appearance before the court of the appellant and of the respondent and all the proceedings course to the issuance of the ruling. The appeal and the appeal to the Cassazione [Italian Supreme Court] and the enforcement of the tax judgement will be then examined. The final part of the course will focus on the measures to avoid tax litigation (autotutela [internal review procedures], assessment by consent and conciliation).

Code: SGA

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites None

208

Assessment: 100% oral exam

Professors: Marchetti/Napoli

Learning Outcomes: The course aims to explain the regulations concerning the tax trial, starting from the examination of the investigation powers of the Amministrazione finanziaria [Tax Authorities] and from the assessment activity of the Agenzia delle Entrate [Inland Revenue Office], taking also into account the notification of tax deeds and the measures to avoid tax litigation. Special attention will be devoted to tax collection, taking also into consideration the forms of taxpayer’s protection against coercive collection. With a view to ensuring suitable training when conducting litigation in the future, topics will be dealt with by continuously making reference to practical cases (also with drafting examples of the main deeds of the tax trial) and to the evolution of case law.

Textbooks: Giuseppe Napoli ‐ Silvia Rocchi "Verifica Accertamento Riscossione e Azioni a tutela del contribuente", Cacucci editore, 2013. Moreover, the use of an updated code of fundamental tax laws is required.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SGA/0/19MLMBASE/2017

TERRITORIAL MARKETING (6 ECTS)

competition among territories how to use marketing tools in territorial management the marketing strategy the development of the offer the communication strategy

Code: S0B

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites none

Assessment: students' project work written exam oral exam (facultative)

Professors: Caroli

Learning Outcomes: to supply marketing tools to strengthen the competitiveness of a geographic area

Textbooks: Caroli M. Marketing per la gestione strategica del territorio, Franco Angeli, 2014

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/S0B/0/19MLMBASE/2017

TOURISM MANAGEMENT (6 ECTS)

In its first part, the course deepens the structure of the industry of tourism, by analysing the key players of the offer and the characteristics and trends of the demand. The second part is focused on territorial

209

marketing to attract tourists; particular attention will be given to the development of the "product", branding and communication.

Code: SAD

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites basilar knowledge of strategic management and marketing

Assessment: grade will be determined as follow: 30% team work assignment 40% in class participation 30% written/oral exam

Professors: Caroli

Learning Outcomes: Supply the knowledge to understand competitive dynamics in the industry of tourism and the managerial tools to attract tourists

Textbooks: papers, cases and lecturer's presentation slides will be provided at the beginning of the course

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/SAD/0/19MLMBASE/2017

TRADE & GO TO MARKET (6 ECTS)

The Fast Moving Consumer Goods (FMCGs) is one of the most import economic sectors in the world, as well as in Italy. The FMCGs demand is great and the increasing interest of the market leads to an expansion of the managerial and/or entrepreneurial opportunities for marketing students. This program focuses on the knowledge of the foodservice sector. This represents more or less 50% of total American (or Spanish or British) Food Expenditure. This program consists of six parts:

Code: M304

Major: Elective

Course Year: 2

Semester: Fall



Prerequisites Basic knowledge of marketing theories

Assessment: Course participation and a final written and oral exam.

Professors: Capano

Learning Outcomes: Three main objectives: 1. To familiarize students with the theories and methodology underlying channel management practices. 2. To understand the architecture of a distribution channel, analyzing the foodservice sector in the U.S.. 3. To develop analytical capabilities towards the different trade marketing practices and to stimulate the ability to use these practices.

Textbooks: G. Capano, Trade marketing e consumi fuori casa, Ipsoa, 2011 (written in Italian). or G. Capano, R. Goldin, Foodservice Channel Management, Springer, 2018 (editing).


210

WEB ANALYTICS E MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Web and social media contexts nowadays strongly requires analysis and interpretation skills in order to capture its opportunities and neutralize its threats. The course is divided into two main parts. The first part will start with an analysis of the role of marketing in the current scenario in which individuals, consumers, companies and organizations are interconnected on various platforms, and will then deal with marketing essential topics, such as consumer behavior, marketing research, marketing strategy and marketing mix in the digital and social perspective. In the second part, the course will focus on the analytics, i.e. on the statistics and metrics that are most commonly used by companies to measure their own web marketing performances.

Code: M256

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites No prerequisite is mandatory. However, familiarity with basic concepts of marketing, economics and statistics will be certainly useful to increase students' absortive capacity and spped up the process of learning theories, models, tools and techniques the course will focus on.

Assessment: Written exam (40%), projects based on in‐class exercise (30%), projects with a real company (30%)

Professors: De Angelis/Tedeschi

Learning Outcomes: Web Analytics e Marketing course deals with how to do marketing in the digital and social context in which individuals, companies and organizations are embedded with a rigorous teaching method. The course has the objective to provide students with the essential knowledge about models, processes, tools and techniques that support marketing analyses, decisions and management in the era of Internet and social media. In addion to provide such conceptual tools, the course aims to offer students fundamental quantitative pillars for the analysis and measurement of web marketing actions, through a focus on statistics and metrics that are most widely used to identify those web marketing actions that might deserve to be considered as successful.

Textbooks: Dave Chaffey and Fiona Ellis‐Chadwick (2016), Digital Marketing (6th Edition), Pearson.


WEB ANALYTICS E MARKETING (8 ECTS)

Web and social media contexts nowadays strongly requires analysis and interpretation skills in order to capture its opportunities and neutralize its threats. The course is divided into two main parts. The first part will start with an analysis of the role of marketing in the current scenario in which individuals, consumers, companies and organizations are interconnected on various platforms, and will then deal with marketing essential topics, such as consumer behavior, marketing research, marketing strategy and marketing mix in the digital and social perspective. In the second part, the course will focus on the analytics, i.e. on the statistics and metrics that are most commonly used by companies to measure their own web marketing performances.

Code: M164

Major: Marketing

Course Year: 1

211

Semester: Spring



Prerequisites No prerequisite is mandatory. However, familiarity with basic concepts of marketing, economics and statistics will be certainly useful to increase students' absortive capacity and spped up the process of learning theories, models, tools and techniques the course will focus on.

Assessment: Written exam (40%), projects based on in‐class exercise (30%), projects with a real company (30%)

Professors: De Angelis/Tedeschi

Learning Outcomes: Web Analytics e Marketing course deals with how to do marketing in the digital and social context in which individuals, companies and organizations are embedded with a rigorous teaching method. The course has the objective to provide students with the essential knowledge about models, processes, tools and techniques that support marketing analyses, decisions and management in the era of Internet and social media. In addion to provide such conceptual tools, the course aims to offer students fundamental quantitative pillars for the analysis and measurement of web marketing actions, through a focus on statistics and metrics that are most widely used to identify those web marketing actions that might deserve to be considered as successful.

Textbooks: Dave Chaffey and Fiona Ellis‐Chadwick (2016), Digital Marketing (6th Edition), Pearson.

Detailed syllabus: http://www.luiss.edu/cattedreonline/corso/M164/0/LM19KMR/2017

212

COURSE PROFESSOR SEM. LANG. ECTS ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE CAPASSO Fall EN 6

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE ORIANI Spring EN 8

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE SANTELLA Spring EN 6

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE TORRISI Spring EN 6

ADVANCED CORPORATE FINANCE PASMANTIER Spring EN 8

ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT MAZZU' Fall EN 8

ADVANCED MARKETING MANAGEMENT MAZZU' Fall EN 8

ANALISI DEL COMPORTAMENTO DI ACQUISTO ROMANI Fall IT 8

ANALISI E MISURAZIONE DELLE PERFORMANCE DI MARKETING ‐ MARKETING METRICS

COSTABILE Spring IT 6

ANALISI FINANZIARIA MAGNANELLI Spring IT 8

ANALISI FINANZIARIA DI LAZZARO Spring IT 8

ASSET PRICING NUCERA Spring EN 8

BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS & CONSUMPTION THEORIES PONTI Fall EN 12

BILANCIO CONSOLIDATO TERZANI Fall IT 6

BUSINESS MODELING AND PLANNING IACOVONE Fall IT 6

CASES IN BUSINESS LAW PACCES Fall EN 6

COMPETITION AND HIGH‐TECH MARKETS FAELLA Fall EN 6

COMUNICAZIONE DI MARKETING E LINGUAGGI DEI NUOVI MEDIA

PEVERINI Spring IT 6

CONSUMER BEHAVIOR ROMANI Fall EN 8

CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING COMANA Fall EN 6

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE FIORI Fall EN 6

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT BOZZOLAN Fall IT 6

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND INTERNAL AUDITING SCETTRI Spring IT 6

CORPORATE STRATEGY ZATTONI Spring EN 8

CORPORATE STRATEGY TURNER Spring EN 8

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE AND BIG DATA PANCONESI Fall EN 6

CUSTOMER INTELLIGENCE E LOGICHE DI ANALISI DEI BIG DATA ITALIANO Fall IT 6

DIGITAL MARKETING IBARRA Fall EN 6

DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION SPAGNOLETTI Fall EN 6

DINAMICHE INDUSTRIALI RULLANI Fall IT 6

DINAMICHE INDUSTRIALI MELICIANI Fall IT 6

DIRITTO DEL LAVORO E RELAZIONI INDUSTRIALI MARTONE Fall IT 6

DIRITTO DELLE CRISI D'IMPRESA DI AMATO Fall IT 6

DIRITTO PROCESSUALE TRIBUTARIO MARCHETTI Fall IT 6

DIRITTO SOCIETARIO DI AMATO Fall IT 6

DIRITTO SOCIETARIO NICCOLINI Fall IT 6

DIRITTO SOCIETARIO E DEI MERCATI FINANZIARI NICCOLINI Fall IT 6

DIRITTO TRIBUTARIO DELL'IMPRESA MARCHETTI Spring IT 8

ECONOMIA COMPORTAMENTALE E TEORIA DEI CONSUMI PONTI Fall IT 12

ECONOMIA DEL LAVORO LOTTI Spring IT 6

ECONOMIA E GESTIONE DEI MEDIA BALESTRIERI Fall IT 6

ECONOMIA FINANZIARIA INTERNAZIONALE VISAGGIO Fall IT 12

ECONOMIA PER IL MANAGEMENT MARENGO Spring IT 6

ECONOMIA PER IL MANAGEMENT PASQUALI Spring IT 6

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT OF ENERGY BUSINESS MORI Fall EN 6

MASTER’S DEGREE SUMMARY TABLE OF COURSES

213

FASHION MANAGEMENT FEI Fall EN 6

FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT BUSCO Fall EN 8

FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT BUSCO Fall EN 8

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS BOZZOLAN Fall EN 8

FINANZA AZIENDALE AVANZATO GUBITOSI Spring IT 6

FINANZA AZIENDALE AVANZATO VULPIANI Spring IT 6

GESTIONE DEI PROCESSI COMMERCIALI E DELLE RETI DI VENDITA

LANZA Fall IT 6

GESTIONE DEL PRODOTTO E DELLA MARCA MAZZU' Spring IT 8

GESTIONE FINANZIARIA DEI PROGETTI INTERNAZIONALI CUCCIA Fall IT 6

IMPACT AND INTEGRATED REPORTING DI DONATO Fall IT 6

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS GRANIERI Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS TISCINI Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS GARONNA Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS DE BENEDICTIS Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE MEROLA Fall EN 6

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL ECONOMICS TRAFICANTE Spring EN 8

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING DE ANGELIS Fall EN 6

LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING PARDOLESI Fall IT 6

LEGAL ISSUES IN MARKETING PARDOLESI Fall EN 6

LUXURY MANAGEMENT FESTA Fall EN 6

M&A AND INVESTMENT BANKING DE VECCHI Spring EN 8

MACHINE LEARNING & OBJECT DRIVEN MARKETING LAURA Fall EN 6

MANAGEMENT DELLE ASSICURAZIONI CIMBRI Fall IT 6

MANAGEMENT DELLE IMPRESE INTERNAZIONALI CAROLI Spring IT 8

MANAGEMENT DELLE IMPRESE INTERNAZIONALI RESCINITI Spring IT 8

MANAGEMENT DELL'INNOVAZIONE BENASSI Fall IT 6

MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING GUETH Spring EN 6

MANAGERIAL DECISION MAKING MARENGO Spring EN 6

MARKETING BIG DATA ANALYSIS NALDI Fall EN 6

MARKETING COMMUNICATION & NEW MEDIA PEVERINI Spring EN 6

MARKETING METRICS COSTABILE Spring EN 6

MARKETING PLAN & MARKSTRAT SIMULATION POZHARLIEV Fall EN 6

MARKETING PLAN AND MARKSTRAT SIMULATION DE ANGELIS Fall IT 6

MARKETING TERRITORIALE CAROLI Fall IT 6

MARKETS, REGULATIONS AND LAW ARNAUDO Fall EN 6

MARKETS, REGULATIONS AND LAW COLANGELO Fall EN 6

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA (CORSO PROGREDITO) OLIVIERI Fall IT 8

MATEMATICA FINANZIARIA (CORSO PROGREDITO) FERSINI Fall IT 8

METODI QUANTITATIVI PER L'IMPRESA BIAGINI Fall IT 8

METODI STATISTICI PER IL MARKETING D'URSO Spring IT 8

NEWSMAKING & BRAND STORYTELLING GIORGINO Fall IT 6

OPERAZIONI DI FINANZA STRAORDINARIA PANSA Fall IT 6

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN KÄHR SERRA Spring EN 6

ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN GURSES Spring EN 6

ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES GURSES Spring EN 8

ORGANIZATIONAL ISSUES IN MARKETING AND SALES NON DEFINITO Spring EN 8

ORGANIZING INNOVATION TEE Fall EN 6

ORGANIZZAZIONE DELLE BIG DIGITAL COMPANIES RESCA Fall IT 6

PLANNING AND CONTROL BUSCO Fall EN 6

PRINCIPI CONTABILI INTERNAZIONALI FORTUNA Fall IT 6

PRINCIPI CONTABILI INTERNAZIONALI PINTO Fall IT 6

PRINCIPI CONTABILI INTERNAZIONALI DI LAZZARO Spring IT 6

PRODUCT & BRAND MANAGEMENT MARCATI Spring EN 8

214

PROGETTAZIONE ORGANIZZATIVA PRENCIPE Fall IT 6

PROGETTAZIONE ORGANIZZATIVA GIUSTINIANO Fall IT 6

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR FINANCE SANCETTA Fall EN 8

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT PIRRA Fall EN 8

QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT BARONE Fall EN 8

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING ADIGUZEL Fall EN 6

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY FOR MARKETING ADIGUZEL Fall EN 6

RETAIL AND SERVICE EXPERIENCE MARKETING DEVETAG Fall IT 6

REVISIONE INTERNA,COMPLIANCE E GEST.RISCHI AZ.LI RICCI Fall IT 6

SISTEMI DI REMUNERAZIONE E GEST. RISORSE UMANE GABRIELLI Fall IT 6

SISTEMI DIGITALI E SPENDING REVIEW MARE' Fall IT 6

STATISTICS FOR MARKETING CAPPELLI Spring EN 8

STORIA DELLA FINANZA E DEI SISTEMI FINANZIARI DI TARANTO Fall IT 6

STRATEGIE DI COMUNICAZIONE E TECNICHE DI PUBBLICITA' COMIN Fall IT 6

STRATEGIE D'IMPRESA PERUFFO Fall IT 8

STRATEGIE D'IMPRESA BOCCARDELLI Fall IT 8

STRUCTURED FINANCE BRUNO Fall EN 6

TOURISM MANAGEMENT CAROLI Fall EN 6

TRADE & GO TO MARKET CAPANO Fall EN 6

VALUTAZIONI D'AZIENDA TISCINI Fall IT 6

WEB ANALYTICS & MARKETING DE ANGELIS Spring EN 8

WEB ANALYTICS E MARKETING DE ANGELIS Spring IT 8

215

The School of Management was established in 1985 with the objective of promoting post‐degree, post‐diploma and post‐experience traineeship in the field of management and economics, both in private companies and public administration. The school offers:

MASTER DEGREE

RESEARCH

SPECIALIZATION PROGRAMMES

MBA

EXECUTIVE PROGRAMMES The Master Degree division runs, among other things, a Master of Business Administration. The course lasts 16 months and full time attendance is obligatory.

Furthermore, elective courses are also envisaged as is participation in functional and business projects at companies and institutions characterised by their advanced management methods. The overall duration is about 1.200 hours of in‐classroom didactic activity.

The Research division carries out scientific research either on its own initiative or upon it being commissioned by organisations and/or companies. For information about the master programmes offered by the Business School, please visit: http://businessschool.luiss.it/ Please note that these courses are not open to exchange students.

BUSINESS SCHOOL

216

Detailed information for guest students about life in Rome (cost of living, public transportation, accomodation, libraries, administrative formalities, etc.) is available on our website.

USEFUL WEBSITES ON ITALY AND ROME Italy http://www.italia.it http://goitaly.about.com http://www.article.student.com

Rome http://www.turismoroma.it http://www.romacheap.it http://www.comune.roma.it

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS AND CONTACTS: If you have any more questions, please visit the FAQ section of our websIte. Should you need any further information please feel free to contact us at:

Student Exchange Office Viale Romania, 32 00197 Rome ‐ Italy Tel. +39‐06‐85225642/5389 Fax +39‐06‐85225505 E‐mail [email protected] Web site http://www.luiss.it/it Drop‐in hours: From Monday to Friday 10 a.m. – 12 p.m. Tuesdays and Thursdays 10 a.m. – 12 p.m. / 3 p.m. – 4 p.m.

HOW TO REACH THE UNIVERSITY CAMPUSES

Buses from Termini Station to Viale Pola, Via di S. Costanza, Via Parenzo: Line 38, 62, 82, 90 Buses from Termini Station to Viale Romania: Line 223, 360, 910

USEFUL INFORMATION FOR GUEST STUDENTS

ECTS CATALOGUE B MANAGEMENT - LUISS Guido Carli · The Department of Business and Management 20...

Documents

Transcript of ECTS CATALOGUE B MANAGEMENT - LUISS Guido Carli · The Department of Business and Management 20...